summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/lamstex/doc/wiz3.tex
blob: 3e987326974814b1bc65eff3d235fad8ecb5ec21 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
\part Particular\\Constructions\\Allowing Labels\\ \noalign{\vskip 8pt}
{}\quad\hskip-3pt
 {\eighteenbfit and their associates}
\endpart


\chapter Displayed formulas\label{DF}\endchapter

The next part of \lamstex\ is concerned with displayed formulas and the
*\tag* mechanism;  it is the first place where we define *\thelabel@*
\dots. However,  numerous special considerations for
*\tag* are also required, and
sections~\Sref{LOCL} and~\Sref{maketag} are the only ones specifically related
to the *\label* mechanism.

\section{\label{pretend1}Invisibility}
An 
``invisible'' construction following a
display, in a case like
**
$$ 
 . . .
$$\label{...}" more text
**
or  even
**
$$
 . . . 
$$" \label{...}" more text
**
presents the same problem as an invisible construction following
*\noindent* (section~\Sref{ZZZ}): The *\prevanish@* sets *\saveskip@*
to *0pt* (even in the second case, because \tex\ ignores a space after the
*$$* that end a display).  Consequently, the *\postvanish@* does not skip
the space following the *\label{...}*, and we end up with an extra space
before `*more text*'.

There doesn't seem to be any correction that we can add to *\prevanish@*
to address this problem,
because there is apparently
 no way to tell when a \tex\ construction happens to appear
 immediately after a
display.
To get around this problem,  
whenever \lamstex\ encounters the *$$*
that begin a display, it calls a control sequence that 
reads in everything up to the closing
*$$* as its argument, and then  puts back both this argument and
 the closing *$$*, together with the proper compensating mechanism:
**
\everydisplay{\csname displaymath \endcsname}
\expandafter\def\csname displaymath \endcsname#1$${%
 #1$$\FNSS@\pretendspace@}
**
Note that here we need *\FNSS@* (section~\Sref{FIX}), not just
*\futurelet\next*, since we have to skip over any space after the final
*$$*.

We will  introduce the abbreviation
\C**
\def\FNSSP@{\FNSS@\pretendspace@} "8DEFFNSSP"8
**
not only because it will save numerous tokens, but also because at one point
(section~\Sref{VF}), 
it will be essential to have it. So we use
\C**
\everydisplay{\csname displaymath \endcsname}
\expandafter\def\csname displaymath \endcsname#1$${%
 #1$$\FNSSP@}
**

\small
The control sequence
**
\csname displaymath \endcsname
**
(compare *\csname align \endcsname* etc., as explained in *amstex.doc*)
shows up on the screen as
**
\displaymath" "0
**
so if a blank line occurs before the closing *$$*, we will
get the error message
**
! Paragraph ended before \displaymath" " was complete.
**
[If we defined `*\displaymath" *' to be *\long*, we would get
basically the same error message that \tex\ normally gives,
**
! Missing $ inserted.
** 
but it would  be presented
in a much more confusing way, since  ``context lines'',
involving the argument of `*\displaymath" *', would also be presented.]

\andsmall! Notice that a construction like \pagelabel{BADOUTER}
**
$$ . . .$$
\bye
**
will  eventually *\let\next=\bye* and then call *\pretendspace@*, which
uses the test *\ismember@\vanishlist@\next*. If *\bye* were *\outer* we would
get an error message
**
! Forbidden control sequence found while scanning use of \ismember@.
**

\andsmall! Unlike the situation for *\noindent* (section~\Sref{ZZZ}),
which is presumably used only when some text is going to follow, if we have
something like
**
A line of text.
$$
 . . .
$$
\label{...}

Another line of text.
**
the *\hskip-1pt\hskip1pt* added by the *\prevanish@* in *\label* will have
a dire effect: it will cause a {\it blank line\/} to be typeset after
the display. Since there will be *\baselineskip* glue before this
blank line, the next line, `Another line
of text.' will be separated from the display by too much space.

But there's really nothing that can be done about this.  Even in *plain*
\tex@, 
\setbox0\hbox{\it\, n\,}
**
A line of text.
$$
 . . .
$$
\write"box0{...}

Another line of text.
**
will create a spurious blank line after the display.  So users just have to
be warned against using ``invisible'' constructions after a display that ends
a paragraph.\pagelabel{WARNPAR}
\endsmall




Because of this (admittedly convoluted) approach to this (admittedly
rather special) problem, constructions that change category codes
won't work within a displayed formula. If that needs to be allowed
(as it sometimes was for the \lamstex~Manual), one can
**
\def\Math{\begingroup\everydisplay{}$$}
\def\endMath{$$\endgroup\futurelet\next\pretendspace@}
**
and then use *\Math...\endMath* instead of *$$...$$*. (We don't need
*\FNSS@* here, since there won't be a space token after the control
sequence *\endMath*.)\pagelabel{DDD}

Some people,
of course, might argue that this
is really the ``logical'' way to do things
anyway.
If such a definition were to be instituted permanently, then the basic
\amstex\ definition of *\tag* (see ({\bf A}) below) would have to be
changed, so that the argument of *\tag* is delimited by *\endMath* rather
than by *$$*. (When the \lamstex~Manual required literal mode in a
displayed formula with a *\tag*, the literal mode material was first
set in a box, which was then used within the usual *$$...\tag$$* 
construction.)
It should also be noted that the \amstex\ construction
*\align....\endalign* must read in *...* as an argument, in which
case category code changes within *...* will still be ignored. The same
is true of the \lamstex\ *\CD"allowbreak..."allowbreak\endCD* construction.
So, all in all, *\Math..\endMath* should be reserved for special effects.



\small There is a way of allowing category changes within
a display *$$...$$* if we are willing to change the category code of *$*
itself:
**
\let\dollar@=$
\newif\ifindisplay@
\catcode`\$=\active
"2
\def${\futurelet\next\dollar@@}
"2
\def\dollar@@{%
 \ifx\next$%
  \ifindisplay@
   \def\next@${\dollar@\dollar@\FNSSP@}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@${\dollar@\dollar@\indisplay@true}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \let\next@=\dollar@
 \fi
 \next@}
**
(We never need to set *\indisplay@false*, since our
*\indisplay@true* occurs within the display, which \tex\ implicitly
encloses within a group.)  

I wanted to
avoid additional
category changes as much as possible, but perhaps this approach is
really preferable.

If such definitions were made,
we would also have to restate any definitions
that involved *$* as part of their syntax. For example, we would have
to restate \amstex's definition of *\tag*,
\Litbox0=**
\def\tag#1$${\iftagsleft@\leqno\else\eqno\fi 
 \maektag@#1\maketag$$}
**
$$\vcenter{\box0}\tag"\style{\bf A}"$$
at some point after  *$* has been made active. 

It would naturally also be sensible to replace any *$...$* combinations
in macros 
by *\dollar@...\dollar@* (many such appear in the \amstex\ macros, or
their replacements in \lamstex@, e.g., those in sections~\Sref{relax} and~
\Sref{relax2}).

 But a *$* in an *\xdef*
(e.g., as on page~\ref{Xdefs})
 would instead have to be replaced by *\noexpand$*. Moreover,
we would have to add `*\let$=\relax*' to *\noexpandtoks@* (or,
equivalently, state *\Nonexpanding$*).

\andsmall
One advantage of this approach, by the way, is that one could modify
the definition of *\dollar@@* to be:
**
\def\dollar@@{%
 \ifx\next$%
   . . . 
 \else
"2
  \ifhmode
   \def\next@{\saveskip@=\lastskip\unskip\/%
    \ifdim\saveskip@>0pt \hskip\saveskip@\fi\dollar@}%
  \else
"2
   \let\next@=\dollar@
  \fi
 \fi
 \next@}
**
With such a definition, something like
\setbox0\hbox{(1)}\setbox1\hbox{(2)}
**
"copy0  If $|x|<3$, then ...
**
would be treated as if it had been typed
**
"copy1  If\/ $|x|<3$, then ...
**
(On the other hand, input (2) would remain as is, since *\/* has no
effect except after a character or ligature.)

This arrangement is quite useful if the current
font is slanted or italic, as in the statement of
a *\claim*, because 
\medskip
\centerline{\tenpoint\cmtensl
  If\hskip3.3333pt $|x|<3$,\hskip3.3333pt then\hskip3.333pt\null
   \dots\null}
\medskip
\noindent looks much better if the italic correction is added:
\medskip
\centerline{\tenpoint\cmtensl
 If\/\hskip3.3333pt $|x|<3$,\hskip3.3333pt then\hskip3.3333pt\null
 \dots\null}
\medskip
\noindent
(See page~\ref{SAMP} for other examples  where the
italic correction seems called for.) I used this approach in the
style file for the Publish or Perish
{\it Mathematics Lecture Series}.


As far as I can tell, there is no other way of achieving this: *\everymath*
doesn't do any good, because a *$* puts a `*\mathon*' on the horizontal
list, and one can't remove it, in order to *\unskip*.
\endsmall


\section{Localizing labels\label{LOCL}} As already
mentioned in section~\Sref{bl},
 \lamstex\ uses
*\thelabel@*, \dots, for the values of *\ref*, \dots, *\pref* associated to a
 \<label\>,
 and any \lamstex\ construction that can be given a \<label\>
must define these control sequences. It turns out that these four components
will always have to be defined {\it globally}, because they have to be made
within a group beginning with *\noexpands@*---compare
page~\ref{plex}---even though we want *\thelabel@*, \dots, to be defined
only locally.
So \lamstex\ uses *\Thelabel@*, \dots,
*\Thelabel@@@@* for the four components that it defines globally,
 and then uses the
constructions
\setbox0\hbox{\,, \dots}
**
\let\thelabel@=\Thelabel@"box0
**
to create locally defined ones.  Since this is used so often, we abbreviate
it: 
\C**
\def\locallabel@{\let\thelabel@=\Thelabel@
 \let\thelabel@@=\Thelabel@@\let\thelabel@@@=\Thelabel@@@
 \let\thelabel@@@@=\Thelabel@@@@}
**



\section{{\tt\bs tag}\label{maketag}}
We introduce the counter *\tag@C* 
for *\tag*, and the initial values for the other associated things for
labelling: 
\C**
\newcount\tag@C
\tag@C=0
\let\tag@P=\empty
\let\tag@Q=\empty
\def\tag@S#1{{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}}  "8tagit"8
\let\tag@N=\arabic
\def\tag@F{\rm}
**

As in the case of
 *\page@F* (page~\ref{pagef}), we use *\def\tag@F{\rm}* rather than
*\let\tag@F=\rm*, so that *\fontstyle\tag* will work correctly.
In *\tag@S*
we specified roman parentheses 
even if *\tag@F* is changed\pagelabel{BB}
(compare page~\ref{CCC}); of course, *\tag@S* could  be changed 
if we didn't want this.

Unlike the situation for *\page@N*, we can *\let\tag@N=\arabic*,
because *\tag@N* appears only in certain *\xdef*'s (page~\ref{Xdefsa}),
and then this value of *\tag@N* will simply disappear,\pagelabel{TAGATN}
resulting in a shorter string than if we kept *\arabic* unexpanded.

\medskip
\noindent{\bf NOTE: 
Nevertheless, we must use *\def* instead of *\let* for 
other numbering styles.} Note that *\newnumstyle* does this
(Chapter~\ref{acces}).

\medbreak
\amstex\ already defines the combination *\tag#1$$* 
to be *\leqno* or
*\eqno* followed by *\maketag@#1\maketag$$*, and we just have to
redefine *\maketag@* for \lamstex@, although the argument *#1* will
now have a rather different significance: in \amstex@, *#1* would be the
tag number that we want to use, but now *#1* could instead involve things
like *\label* or *\pagelabel*, or even *\Reset\tag* (to affect the next
*\tag*), as well as a ``quoted'' tag number
 *""...""*, again followed by things
like *\label* or *\pagelabel*. 


The action of *\maketag@* will
depend on whether or not it is followed by a *""*  for 
a ``quoted'' *\tag*. 
\C**
\def\maketag@{\futurelet\next\maketag@@}
**
 However, for reasons that will be explained
in section~\Sref{relax}, if
*\maketag@* is followed by *\relax""...""* we will want to get
the same result as if it were followed simply by *""...""*.
So we will call *\maketag@@@*
if *\maketag@* is followed by *""*  and *\maketag@@@@* if it is
followed by anything else other than *\relax*.
But if *\maketag@* is followed by *\relax*, we call a control sequence
that swallows this *\relax* and then reiterates the process:
\C**
\def\maketag@@{\ifx\next\relax
 \def\next@\relax{\futurelet\next\maketag@@}\else
 \ifx\next""\let\next@=\maketag@@@\else
 \let\next@=\maketag@@@@\fi\fi\next@}
**

The definition of *\maketag@@@@* (when *\tag* is not followed by a
*""*) illustrates the general scheme by which \lamstex\ deals with labels.
\list
\item
First we globally advance the *\tag* counter, *\tag@C*, by one.
\item\label{xdeft}
Then we *\xdef* the values of
 *\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@*
appropriately, using the current values of *\tag@C*, *\tag@P*, etc.
\item
Then we use *\locallabel@* to (locally) set the values of
 *\thelabel@*, \dots,
*\thelabel@@@@*.
\item
Then we actually typeset the tag, using *\tag@S* for the style, and
in the font *\tag@F* (which will be irrelevant if we have *\TagsAsMath*).
\endlist

In step~\nref{xdeft} we will be doing something like
**
{\noexpands@
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\tag@C} 
 \xdef\Thelabel@{\tag@N{\Thelabel@@@}}
"2
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\ifmathtags@$\tag@P\Thelabel@\tag@Q$\else
  \tag@P\Thelabel@\tag@Q\fi} 
 \xdef\Thelabel@@{\tag@S{\Thelabel@@@@}}
}
**

All of the \lamstex\ constructions that can be given a \<label\>
will define *\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@* in much the same
way 
(with *\tag@C* replaced by the suitable
*\...@C* counter, etc.). Consequently, it is worth introducing an
abbreviation for the steps defining *\Thelabel@* and *\Thelabel@@*:
\C**
\def\xdefThelabel@#1{\xdef\Thelabel@{#1{\Thelabel@@@}}}
\def\xdefThelabel@@#1{\xdef\Thelabel@@{#1{\Thelabel@@@@}}}
**

Thus, we define *\maketag@@@@* by
\C**
\def\maketag@@@@#1\maketag@{\global\advance\tag@C by 1
"2
 {\noexpands@
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\tag@C}%
  \xdefThelabel@\tag@N  "8Xdefsa"8
"2
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\ifmathtags@
   $\tag@P\Thelabel@\tag@Q$\else  "8Xdefs"8
   \tag@P\Thelabel@\tag@Q\fi}%
"2
  \xdefThelabel@@\tag@S
 }%
"2
 \locallabel@
 \hbox{\tag@F\thelabel@@}%
 #1}
**


\medskip

When *\tag* is followed by *""*, it might occur in constructions like
\setbox0\hbox{or}\setbox1\hbox{etc.,}
**
\tag ""\style{...}""  "box0  \tag ""\style{\pre 3}""   "box1
**
involving any of
*\pre*, *\post*, *\style*, or *\numstyle*.  In such
situations, *\pre* must be interpreted as *\tag@P*, etc., when the
tag is printed,
**
{\let\pre=\tag@P \let\post=\tag@Q
 \let\style=\tag@S \let\numstyle=\tag@N
 \hbox{\tag@F...}
**
Moreover, *\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@* must
be suitably interpreted.


For this we use a routine that
 is also used by many other constructions:\pagelabel{ql}
\C**
\def\Qlabel@#1{{\noexpands@\xdef\Thelabel@@{#1}%
 \let\style=\empty\xdef\Thelabel@@@@{#1}%
 \let\pre=\empty\let\post=\empty\xdef\Thelabel@{#1}%
 \let\numstyle=\empty\xdef\Thelabel@@@{#1}}}
**
For example,
*\Qlabel@{#1}* for *\tag""#1""* will be used after we have
*\let\pre=\tag@P*,
etc. 
So
\list
\item *\Thelabel@@* (which is what *\Ref* is supposed to produce),
 will give 
*#1*, with *\pre* interpreted as *\tag@P*, etc.
\item *\Thelabel@@@@* (what
*\pref* is supposed to produce), will be the same, except *\style* will
be ignored if it appears, since *\pref* is supposed to produce what
*\Ref* produces, but without any of the *\style* formatting.
\item *\Thelabel@* (what *\ref* is supposed to produce), also ignores
*\pre* and *\post* if they appear.
\item
*\Thelabel@@@* (what *\nref* is supposed to produce), also ignores
*\numstyle* if it appears.
\endlist

\C**
\def\maketag@@@""#1""#2\maketag@{%
 {\let\pre=\tag@P \let\post=\tag@Q
  \let\style=\tag@S \let\numstyle=\tag@N
  \hbox{\tag@F#1}%
  \noexpands@
  \Qlabel@{#1}%
  }%
 \locallabel@
 #2}
**

\small It might seem  unlikely that any one would use a *\label*
for a ``quoted'' *\tag*, since then the tag is already known.  
But the label
mechanism is provided nevertheless,
 and might even be of some use.  For example,
**
$$ ... \tag""\style{\pre A}"" \label{tagA}$$
**
might be used to produce the tag `(3.A)', where the user wouldn't know
what  precedes the `A'.
  In this case, *\Ref{tagA}*
  or *\pref{tagA}*
would be needed to print `(3.A)' or `3.A' in the text.

\andsmall!
Because of the *\xdef*'s in *\Qlabel*, any ``quoted'' number *""...""*
following
 *\tag* (or any other construction that allows a \<label\>) must contain
only things that can safely be used in *\xdef*'s when *\noexpands@*
is in force. 

As a far-fetched example,
in this manual Chapter~\ref{LBL1} was labelled `*STARTLABEL*' and
Chapter~\ref{RAF} was labelled `*ENDLABEL*'. If the next chapter were
commentary on these chapters, and for some reason we wanted this commentary
to be called 
\bigskip
\centerline{\bf Chapter \ref{LBL1}$'$--\ref{RAF}$'$. Remarks on Labels
 and Cross References}
\bigskip\noindent
we wouldn't be able to type
**
\chapter ""\nref{STARTLABEL}$'$--\nref{ENDLABEL}$'$"" Remarks ...
**
Instead, we would have to use something like
**
\Evaluatenref{STARTLABEL}
\edef\startlabel{\Nref}
\Evaluatenref{ENDLABEL}
\edef\endlabel{\Nref}
\chapter ""\startlabel$'$--\endlabel$'$"" Alternate ...
**

In such a case, we might even use a *\label* with this ``quoted'' number,
**
\chapter  ""...""  . . . \label{...} \endchapter
**
in order to refer to this new chapter later on.
\endsmall




\section{{\tt\bs align}\label{relax}} This section presumes familiarity with
\amstex's *\align* construction (see *amstex.doc*).
Before considering this
 construction in detail, we need to consider one aspect of
 the general scheme.

\setbox0\hbox{\<formula$_{\text1}$\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<formula$_{\text2}$\>}
\setbox2\hbox{\<formula number\>}
When \amstex\ sees something like
**
\align 
"copy0 & "copy1 \tag "box2 \\
 . . .
**
the *\align* 
is an *\halign* whose preamble contains three *&*'s,
of the form
{\advance\litindent-10pt
**
\halign{ ...#...  &  ...#...  &  ... \maketag@#\maketag@ ... \cr
 . . .
**
Within the *\align*, 
a *\tag* is simply interpreted as an *&*.}
But this means that
after a *\tag*, \tex\ will examine the next token, {\it
expanding if necessary},
to see if a *\noalign* or *\omit* follows ({\it The \tex book}, page
~240). So if
**
"copy0  & "copy1 \tag ""..."" \\
**
appears, the first *""* {\it will already be
expanded out\/} to *\futurelet\next\quote@*  before being submitted to
*\maketag@*.  Consequently, *\maketag@* will think that the next
token is *\futurelet*, rather than *""*\,!  

To get around this, we will instead have *\tag* interpreted as *&\relax*,
to insure that the *""* is not expanded out.  Thus, *\tag""...""* will
lead to
**
\maketag@\relax""...""\maketag@
**
and  we have already
arranged for this to give the same result as if the *\relax* weren't there
(section~\Sref{maketag}).

\def\p.{\vphantom{p}}

The definition of *\tag* for *\align* is made by \amstex's control
sequence *\align@*, which is now redefined to include the *\relax*,
together with other changes that will be explained later.
\C**
\def\align@{\inalign@true\inany@true
 \vspace@\allowdisplaybreak@\displaybreak@\intertext@
 \def\tag{\global\tag@true\ifnum\and@=0 "8deftag"8
  \def\next@{&"9\omit"p."9","9\global\rwidth@=0pt"9&"9\relax"p."9}\else
   \def\next@{&"9\relax"9}\fi\next@}%
 \iftagsleft@\def\next@{\csname align \endcsname}\else
  \def\next@{\csname align \space\endcsname}\fi\next@}
**

Still further changes to the rest of the
\amstex\ *\align*  construction itself are also required, because
the remainder of this construction
first calls *\measure@*
to measure all the formulas, before actually setting them.  Even in \amstex@,
this can produce problems: if a user puts a constructed
*\box* within an *\align*, it
will be emptied out by *\measure@* and hence produce nothing at all when the
typesetting is done (this means  that the user needs
 to use *\copy* rather than *\box*).

 In \lamstex@,
the problem is that
we want to  ignore any *\Reset\tag* and *\Offset\tag* constructions
during the *\measure@*, since these globally change the *\tag* counter,
and we don't want to do that twice
 (*\Reset* and *\Offset* are described in Chapter~\ref{acces}).

We introduce a special abbreviation for a more general construction that
disables *\Offset* and *\Reset* (but keeps them invisible):
\C**
\def\noset@{\def\Offset##1##2{\prevanish@\postvanish@}%
 \def\Reset##1##2{\prevanish@\postvanish@}}
**

Now we  redefine *\measure@* so that *\noset@* is used:
\C**
\def\measure@#1\endalign{%
 \global\lwidth@=0pt \global\rwidth@=0pt
 \global\maxlwidth@=0pt \global\maxrwidth@=0pt 
 \global\and@=0
"2
 \setbox0=\vbox
  {"9\noset@"9\everycr{\noalign{\global\tag@false
  \global\and@=0}}\Let@
"2
  \halign{\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{\@lign##}$}%  "8measure"8
   \global\lwidth@=\wd0
   \ifdim\lwidth@>\maxlwidth@ \global\maxlwidth@=\lwidth@\fi
   \global\advance\and@ by 1
"2
   &\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign##}$}%
    \global\rwidth@=\wd0
   \ifdim\rwidth@>\maxrwidth@ \global\maxrwidth@=\rwidth@\fi
   \global\advance\and@ by 1
   &\Tag@\eat@{##}\crcr#1\crcr}}%
 \totwidth@=\maxlwidth@ \advance\totwidth@ by \maxrwidth@}
**
(Here *\eat@* from \amstex\ is defined by *\def\eat@#1{}*, see
section~\Sref{AC}.) The assignments of *\lwdith@*, \dots\  at
the beginning of the definition don't really have to be *\global*, but
they do have to be *\global* later in the definition, so we make them
*\global* at all times (compare section~\Sref{LANDG}).

Now, in the definition of `*\align" *' and `*\align" " *' (called by
*\align*), after we *\measure@*
 we can allow *\Offset* and *\Reset* to have their
usual meanings, but there is a different problem. When we have something
like
\setbox1\hbox{\<formula$_{\text1}$\>}\setbox2\hbox{\<formula$_{\text2}$\>}
**
"box1 & "box2 \Offset\tag0 \newpost\tag{$'$} \tag \\
**
the new values of *\tag@C* and
*\tag@P* created by *\Offset* and *\newpost* are processed as
part of \<formula$_{\text2}$\> (since the *&* that ends this formula is supplied
by the *\tag*).  But the new value  of *\tag@P*
is created only {\it locally}, so it will not
be known when *\tag* has to do its work. To get around this problem,
 we need to pass such information
through by means of two new globally defined
 control sequences, *\tag@P@* and *\tag@Q@*, and we make a special
abbreviation for this:
\C**
\def\prepost@{\global\let\tag@P@=\tag@P
 \global\let\tag@Q@=\tag@Q}
**

We also have an abbreviation for the construction that (locally) sets
*\tag@P* and *\tag@Q* to the globally defined *\tag@P@* and
*\tag@Q@*:
\C**
\def\reprepost@{\let\tag@P=\tag@P@\let\tag@Q=\tag@Q@}
**

Now we redefine  *\align" *  and *\align" " *
from \amstex\ using *\prepost@* within the
formulas, and using *\reprepost@* when the formula number is
being printed; note that we use *\prepost@* at the {\it end\/} of each
formula, so that any *\newpre* or *\newpost* will have been discovered,
but *\reprepost@* at the {\it beginning\/} of each formula number.
(These maneuvers aren't needed for *\measure@*, since we simply *\eat@*
each formula number.)


First comes `*\align" " *':
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname align \space\endcsname#1\endalign
 {\measure@#1\endalign\global\and@=0
"2
 \ifingather@\everycr{\noalign{\global\and@=0}}\else
  \displ@y@\fi
"2
 \Let@\tabskip\centering@
"2
 \halign to\displaywidth
  {\hfil\strut@\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle
   {\@lign##"9\prepost@"9}$}%
  \box0 \global\advance\and@ by 1
  \tabskip\z@skip&
"2
  \setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign##"9\prepost@"9}$}%
  \global\rwidth@=\wd0 
  \box0 \hfil \global\advance\and@ by 1
  \tabskip\centering@ & 
"2
   \setbox0=\hbox{\@lign\strut@"9\reprepost@"9
   \maketag@##\maketag@}%
"2
  \dimen@=\displaywidth \advance\dimen@ by -\totwidth@
  \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by \maxrwidth@
  \advance\dimen@ by -\rwidth@
"2
  \ifdim\dimen@<2\wd0 
   \llap{\vtop{\normalbaselines\null\box0}}%
"2
  \else\llap{\box0}\fi
"2
  \tabskip\z@skip
  \crcr#1\crcr
  \black@\totwidth@}}
**

Note that in a formula like
\setbox0\hbox{\<formula\>}
**
\align 
 . . .
"copy0 \newpre\tag{a}\tag ... \\
 . . .
**
where there is a
 line without any *&*, the definition of *\tag* in *\align@*
(page~\ref{deftag})
means that this line will be interpreted as
**
"copy0 \newpre\tag{a}& "9\omit"p."9","9\global\rwidth@=0pt"9 &\relax
 \reprepost@ \maketag@...\maketag@ \cr
**
 The *\prepost@* 
in the first part of the
preamble for *\align* globally defines *\tag@P@* to
be `*a*', and the *\reprepost@* then makes
*\tag@P*  properly defined for 
 *\maketag@*.  But
 if the *\omit* were not inserted, then the *\prepost@*
for the {\it second\/} part of the preamble would globally redefine
*\tag@P@* to be the default value of *\tag@P*, so that the new value
would not be properly
propagated to the *\maketag@* part of the preamble.

Since we've added the *\omit*,
we also have to add *\global\rwidth@=0pt*, which would normally be set
by an empty formula.  The extra clause
**
\ifdim\rwidth@>\maxrwidth@ \global\maxrwidth@=\rwidth@\fi
**
appearing in the definition of *\measure@* doesn't have to be duplicated,
since it would be inoperative for an empty formula.

The *\tabskip\centering@* also appears after the
first *&* in the preamble, but we don't have to worry about that: once
the preamble has been read, the various *\tabskip* glues are determined, and
they remain the same for any row, even those that have *\omit*'s in them.

(The `*\global\advance\and@ by 1*' will also be omitted because of the
*\omit*, but this is irrelevant, since the current value 
of *\and@* has already been used to determine properly the meaning
of *\tag*.)


The re-definition of `*\align" *' is  exactly analogous:
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname align \endcsname#1\endalign
 {\measure@#1\endalign\global\and@=0
"2
 \ifdim\totwidth@>\displaywidth\let\displaywidth@=\totwidth@
  \else\let\displaywidth@=\displaywidth\fi
"2
 \ifingather@\everycr{\noalign{\global\and@=0}}\else
  \displ@y@\fi
"2
 \Let@\tabskip\centering@
 \halign to\displaywidth
  {\hfil\strut@\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle
    {\@lign##"9\prepost@"9}$}%
   \global\lwidth@=\wd0 \global\lineht@=\ht0
   \box0 \global\advance\and@ by 1
  \tabskip\z@skip&\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign
    ##"9\prepost@"9}$}%
  \ifdim\ht0>\lineht@ \global\lineht@=\ht0 \fi
  \box0 \hfil \global\advance\and@ by 1
  \tabskip\centering@ & \kern-\displaywidth@
  \setbox0=\hbox{\@lign\strut@"9\reprepost@"9
   \maketag@##\maketag@}%
  \dimen@=\displaywidth \advance\dimen@ by -\totwidth@
  \divide\dimen@ by 2 \advance\dimen@ by \maxlwidth@
  \advance\dimen@ by -\lwidth@
  \ifdim\dimen@<2\wd0 
   \rlap{\vbox{\normalbaselines\box0 \vbox to\lineht@{}}}%
  \else\rlap{\box0}\fi
  \tabskip\displaywidth@\crcr#1\crcr
  \black@\totwidth@}}
**
The extra clause 
**
\ifdim\ht0>\lineht@ \global\lineht@=\ht0 \fi
**
appearing in the second part of the preamble
doesn't have to be added to the definition of *\tag* in
*\align@*, along with the *\omit*, since
it would always be inoperative for a blank formula.

\section{\CS{alignat} and \CS{xalignat}\label{relax2}}
This section presumes familiarity with \amstex's *\alignat* and
*\xalignat* constructions, which also require changes (no changes
are required for *\xxalignat*, which doesn't allow *\tag*'s).

*\alignat* and *\xalignat* process their arguments twice, like
*\align*, although the initial processing provides much less information.
In these constructions a *\tag* might even end up
overlapping a formula,
but
at least a black box is produced
 at the end, to indicate such overlapping
(which is easy to miss when proofreading). The initial processing
is done with empty *\tag*'s, but
as if the *\tag*'s were set at their
minimum distance from the formula (i.e., at a distance equal to their
widths), and the result is
saved in *\box\savealignat@*. During the second processing
 the only role played by this box
is in the
**
\black@{\wd\savealignat@}
**
that is appended after the *\halign*, to give a black box if the whole
construction turns out to be too wide.

Unlike the situation for *\align*, where we specify the preamble for
the first process in *\measure@*,
the \amstex\  routine *\attag@* is used  to produce  
the preambles for both processes of *\alignat* and *\xalignat*,
 using a flag *\ifmeasuring@* to
determine whether we are making a preamble for the first process or for
the second,
 as well as the flag *\ifxat@* to determine
whether we are making preambles for *\alignat* or for *\xalignat*.

The definition of *\attag@* from \amstex\  has to be modified 
in the same way as the definitions of *\measure@*, `*\align" *' and
`*\align" " *', by inserting *\prepost@* and *\reprepost@* in the 
appropriate places:
\C**
\def\attag@#1{\let\Maketag@=\maketag@\let\TAG@=\Tag@
 "9\let\Prepost@=\prepost@"9","9\let\Reprepost@=\reprepost@"9
 \let\Tag@=\relax\let\maketag@=\relax
 "9\let\prepost@=\relax"9","9\let\reprepost@=\relax"9
"2
 \ifmeasuring@
 \def\llap@##1{\setbox0=\hbox{##1}\hbox to2\wd0{}}%
 \def\rlap@##1{\setbox0=\hbox{##1}\hbox to2\wd0{}}%
 \else\let\llap@=\llap\let\rlap@=\rlap\fi
"2
 \toks@={\hfil\strut@
  $\m@th\displaystyle{\@lign\the\hashtoks@"9prepost@"9}$%
  \tabskip\z@skip\global\advance\and@ by 1 &
  $\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign\the\hashtoks@"9\prepost"9}$\hfil
  \ifxat@\tabskip\centering@\fi\global\advance\and@ by 1}%
"2
 \iftagsleft@
  \toks@@={\tabskip\centering@&\Tag@\kern-\displaywidth
   \rlap@{\@lign"9\reprepost@"9
    \maketag@\the\hashtoks@\maketag@}%
   \global\advance\and@ by 1 \tabskip\displaywidth}\else
  \toks@@={\tabskip\centering@&\Tag@
   \llap@{\@lign"9\reprepost@"9\maketag@
   \the\hashtoks@\maketag@}\global\advance\and@ by 1 
  \tabskip\z@skip}\fi
"2
 \atcount@#1\relax\advance\atcount@ by -1
 \loop\ifnum\atcount@>0
 \toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@&\hfil
  $\m@th\displaystyle{\@lign\the\hashtoks@"9\prepost@"9}$%
  \global\advance\and@ by 1 \tabskip\z@skip&
  $\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign\the\hashtoks@
    "9\prepost@"9}$\hfil
 \ifxat@\tabskip\centering@\fi\global\advance\and@ by 1}%
  \advance\atcount@ by -1
 \repeat
"2
 \xdef\preamble@{\the\toks@\the\toks@@}%
 \xdef\preamble@@{\preamble@}%
 \let\maketag@=\Maketag@\let\Tag@=\TAG@
 "9\let\prepost@=\Prepost@"9","9\let\reprepost@=\Reprepost@"9}
**

Now we must modify 
the definition of `*\alignat" *', which is called by *\alignat*, 
in several ways:
\list
\item *\tag* must mean *&\relax*;
\item More generally, *\tag* must mean *&\omit&\relax* if used
when one *&* has been omitted, or *&\omit&\omit&\relax* if
used when two *&*'s have been omitted, etc. 
\endlist


Fortunately, when we define *\tag* for *\alignat* and *\xalignat*
we don't
have to worry about additional things appearing in the preamble,
as was necessary for *\align*.
On the other hand,  whereas the first pass for *\align* simply 
had *\eat@{#}* in the preamble for the *\tag* part, *\alignat* and
*\xalignat* have *\maketag@#\maketag@*. 

\keepitem
\list
\item
This means that the tag counter
*\tag@C* will be incremented during the first pass. So we will first
store the current value of *\tag@C* in a new counter *\tag@CC*, and
then restore *\tag@C* to this value before doing the second pass.

\item
Moreover, we want to disable *\label* during the first pass (or we will
be using the same \<label\> twice during the second pass,
 and get an error message).

We could use *\let\label=\eat@* for this purpose, but we will instead call
*\unlabel@*, defined by
**
\def\unlabel@{\def\label##1{\prevanish@\postvanish@}%
 \def\pagelabel##1{\prevanish@\postvanish@}}
**
since this construction will be needed later anyway (section~\Sref{FMTC}).
\endlist


\C**
\def\unlabel@{\def\label##1{\prevanish@\postvanish@}%
 \def\pagelabel##1{\prevanish@\postvanish@}}
\newcount\tag@CC
"slip
\expandafter\def\csname alignat \endcsname#1#2\endalignat
 {\inany@true\xat@false
"2
 \gdef\tag{\global\tag@true
  \count@=#1\relax\multiply\count@ by 2 
    "9\advance\count@ by -1"9
  "9\gdef\tag@{&}"9\loop\ifnum\count@>\and@
  \xdef\tag@{&"9\omit"9\tag@}\advance\count@ by -1
  \repeat\tag@"9\relax"9}%
"2
 \vspace@\allowdisplaybreak@\displaybreak@\intertext@
 \displ@y@\measuring@true"9\tag@CC=\tag@C"9
"2
"slop
 \setbox\savealignat@=\hbox{"9\noset@"9","9\unlabel@"9%
   $\m@th\displaystyle\Let@
  \attag@{#1}\vbox{\halign{\span\preamble@@\crcr#2\crcr}}$}%
"2
 \measuring@false
 \Let@\attag@{#1}"9\tag@C=\tag@CC"9
 \tabskip\centering@\halign to\displaywidth
  {\span\preamble@@\crcr#2\crcr\black@{\wd\savealignat@}}}
**

Similar changes are made for `*\xalignat" *':
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname xalignat \endcsname#1#2\endxalignat
 {\inany@true\xat@true
"2
 \def\tag{\global\tag@true
  \count@=#1\relax\multiply\count@ by 2 
    "9\advance\count@ by -1"9
  "9\def\tag@{&}"9\loop\ifnum\count@>\and@
  \xdef\tag@{&"9\omit"9\tag@}\advance\count@ by -1 
 \repeat\tag@"9\relax"9}%
"2
 \vspace@\allowdisplaybreak@\displaybreak@\intertext@
 \displ@y@\measuring@true"9\tag@CC=\tag@C"9
"2
"slop
 \setbox\savealignat@=\hbox{"9\noset@"9","9\unlabel@"9%
  $\m@th\displaystyle\Let@
  \attag@{#1}\vbox{\halign{\span\preamble@@\crcr#2\crcr}}$}%
"2
 \measuring@false
 \Let@\attag@{#1}"9\tag@C=\tag@CC"9
 \tabskip\centering@\halign to\displaywidth
 {\span\preamble@@\crcr#2\crcr\black@{\wd\savealignat@}}}
**

\section{\tt\bs gather}
Finally, the \amstex\ construction *\gather*
also has a *\def\tag{&}* clause,
which  must be changed to *\def\tag{&\relax}*:
\C**
\def\gather{\relax\ifmmode\ifinner
 \def\next@{\onlydmatherr@\gather}\else
 \ingather@true\inany@true"9\def\tag{&\relax}"9%
 \vspace@\allowdisplaybreak@\displaybreak@\intertext@
 \displ@y\Let@
 \iftagsleft@\def\next@{\csname gather \endcsname}\else
  \def\next@{\csname gather \space\endcsname}\fi\fi
 \else\def\next@{\onlydmatherr@\gather}\fi\next@}
**


\chapter New counters\label{NEWC}\endchapter

Having seen how *\tag* deals with *\label*, we are now in a position
to consider \lamstex's *\newcounter*
construction for creating a new counter.
\footnote{In  version *1*  of \lamstex@, this was called
*\counter*, because *\newcounter* seemed too close to \tex's
 *\newcount* primitive for comfort, but it actually seems unlikely
that anyone (except perhaps \tex perts!)\ %
would mistakenly type *\newcount* instead of *\newcounter*,
and *\newcounter* fits much better with all the other \lamstex\  names.}


\section{{\tt\bs newcounter}\label{CNT}}
We introduce a very frequently used abbreviation
\C**
\def\exstring@{\expandafter\eat@\string} "8EXSTRING"8
**
where *\eat@* from \amstex\ is simply defined (section~\Sref{AC}) as 
**
\def\eat@#1{}
**
Note that if *#1* is a control sequence, say *\tag*, then something like
**
\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname
**
just becomes *\tag@C* (the *\eat@* eats the *\* at the beginning
of *\string\tag*).


The first thing *\newcounter\foo* will do is to
**
\define\foo{}
**
to give an error message if *\foo* has already been defined.


Since *\foo\label{*\<label\>*}* is supposed to work, albeit not by the
general mechanism for *\label*'s, *\foo* needs to be defined in terms of
a *\futurelet*:
**
\def\foo{\futurelet\next\foo@Z}
**
We use *\foo@Z* because no control sequence from \amstex\ or \lamstex\
ends with *@Z*.

The name `*\foo@Z*' will be created with
**
\csname\exstring@\foo @Z\endcsname
**
and to define *\foo* we use the same strategy that was used 
in section~\Sref{ATDEF}:
**
\edef\next@{\def\noexpand\foo{\futurelet\noexpand\next
 \csname\exstring@\foo @Z\endcsname}}
\next@
**

Now  *\foo@Z* should increase the counter *\foo@C* by 1, and print
the properly formatted number, in the proper font:
**
\def\foo@Z{\global\advance\foo@C by 1
 {\foo@F\foo@S{\foo@P{\foo@N{\number\foo@C}}\foo@Q}}
**
(for the moment, let's not worry about how *\foo@C*, \dots are to
be defined). 

Moreover, if *\foo*
 is followed by *\label{...}*, then we need a way of getting this
*\label{...}* properly recorded.
To do this, we can simply use the code
**
{\noexpands@\xdef\Thelabel@{...}...}
{\locallabel@\label{...}}
**
The *\label* in the second
 group will make sense, because the *\locallabel@*
will define *\thelabel@*; this *\label* will thus write to the
*.lax* file, and append to *\laxlist@*.
After the group containing *\locallabel@*
is finished, however, any values
of *\thelabel@*, \dots will be restored to their previous values, 
so another *\label* will
 give an error message (unless
 *\foo* happens to appear within some other construction that itself
allows a
*\label*).
**
\def\foo@Z{\global\advance\foo@C by 1
 {\foo@F\foo@S{\foo@P{\foo@N{\number\foo@C}}\foo@Q}}%
 \ifx\next\label
  \def\next@\label##1{%
   {\noexpands@
   \xdef\Thelabel@{...}...\xdef\Thelabel@@@@{....}}%
   {\locallabel@\label{##1}}}%
 \else
  \let\next@=\relax
 \fi
 \next@}
**

Of course, these *##*'s will all have to be *####*'s, since this
whole definition appears within the definition of *\newcounter*.
But that's only a minor problem.
We are also going to have to treat this whole thing with an
*\edef\next@*  (compare page~\Sref{ADDCSNAME}),
 so it is going to look pretty complicated
(in particular, now our *####*'s will all have to be *########*'s, since
an *\edef* changes *##* to *#*).

The control sequence *\foo@C* will be specified within this *\edef\next@*
as
**
\csname\exstring@\foo @C\endcsname
**
and similarly for *\foo@P*, \dots. In all cases, \tex\ will make these
equivalent to *\relax*, so they will not be expanded further.

Finally, after all this,
we can create *\foo@C*, \dots with their proper meanings,
**
\expandafter\newcount@\csname\exsting@\foo@ C\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname\exstring@\foo @N\endcsname=\arabic
. . .
**
Note that here we use *\newcount@* (section~\Sref{NEWNEW}),
 since it appears within a definition,
and thus might be used after *\alloc@* has been returned to its old
definition.\pagelabel{NWNW}
Note also that  we use *\let* rather than *\def*, just as with
*\tag* (page~\ref{TAGATN}),
 but *\def* would be required for anything other than
*\arabic* (and is supplied whenever *\newnumstyle* is used).



In the following
 code for *\newcounter*, note that *\noexpand* is required before 
*\number*, *\ifx*, *\else* and *\fi* because these primitives are
``expanded'' in an *\edef*:
\C**
\def\newcounter#1{\define#1{}%
 \edef\next@{\def\noexpand#1{\futurelet
  \noexpand\next\csname\exstring@#1@Z\endcsname}}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\def\csname\exstring@#1@Z\endcsname
  {\global\advance\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname by 1
"2
  {\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname
   \csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname{\csname\exstring@
   #1@P\endcsname\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
   {\noexpand\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}%
   \csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname}}%
"2
  \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\next\noexpand\label
"2
   \def\noexpand\next@\noexpand\label########1{%
    {\noexpand\noexpands@
"2
    \xdef\noexpand\Thelabel@
     {\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
     {\noexpand\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}}%
"2
    \xdef\noexpand\Thelabel@@@
     {\noexpand\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}%
"2
    \xdef\noexpand\Thelabel@@
     {\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname
     {\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
     \csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
     {\noexpand\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}%
     \csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname}}%
"2
    \xdef\noexpand\Thelabel@@@@
     {\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
     \csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
     {\noexpand\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}%
     \csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname}}%
"2
    {\noexpand\locallabel@\noexpand\label{########1}}%
"2
   \noexpand\else\let\noexpand\next@=\relax\noexpand\fi
   \noexpand\next@}}%
 \next@
"2
 \expandafter\newcount@\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname
"2
 \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname=\arabic
"2
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname##1{##1\/}%
"2
 \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname=\empty
"2
 \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname=\empty
"2
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname{\rm}%
 }
**



\section{{\tt\bs usecounter}} To follow through the definition of
*\usecounter*, it helps to consider a specific case, like the following
simplification of an example from the \lamstex~Manual (page~78):
\Litbox0=**
\usecounter\exno\example#1{{\it Example #1.}" }
**
$$
\box0 \tag"\style{\hbox{\lower2pt\hbox{\bf\ast}}}"
$$
Here we want
\setbox1\hbox{*\example*}
\setbox2\hbox{*{\it Example \exno.}" *}
\setbox3\hbox{*\example""...""*}
\setbox4\hbox{*{\it Example {\exno@F_",_",_",...}.}" *}
\setbox5\hbox{*\example\label{...}*}
\setbox6\hbox{*{\it Example \exno\label{...}.}" *}
$$
\centerline{\vbox{\advance\baselineskip\jot
\halign{#\hfil&\ \ to give\ \ #\hfil\cr
\copy1&\copy2\cr
\copy3&\copy4\cr
\copy5&\copy6\cr}}}
$$
where *_",_",_* stands for 
**
\let\pre=\exno@P ... \let\numstyle=\exno@N
**
In the third case, the combination
*\exno\label{...}* will itself take care of printing
the right number, and labelling it.


Page 79 of the \lamstex~Manual suggest that the user should modify 
\style\tag{\hbox{\lower2pt\hbox{\bf\ast}}} to read
**
\usecounter\exno\example#1{{\it Example #1.}" \ignorespaces}
**
But that's silly---it's clearly better to have *\usecounter* automatically
add
the
*\ignorespaces*. Actually, we really need to add *\FNSSP@*
(page~\ref{DEFFNSSP}) 
for cases where *" * doesn't appear at the end of the definition, but
an invisible construction, like *\pagelabel*, occurs after the use of
the construction being defined.

So we really want
\setbox1\hbox{({\bf E1}) *\example*}
\setbox2\hbox{*{\it Example \exno.}" \FNSSP@*}
\setbox3\hbox{({\bf E2}) *\example""...""*}
\setbox4\hbox{*{\it Example {\exno@F_",_",_",...}.}" \FNSSP@*}
\setbox5\hbox{({\bf E3}) *\example\label{...}*}
\setbox6\hbox{*{\it Example \exno\label{...}.}" \FNSSP@*}
$$
\leftline{\vbox{\advance\baselineskip\jot
\halign{#\hfil\cr
\copy1\cr
\hbox{\hskip30pt to give \copy2}\cr
\copy3\cr
\hbox{\hskip30pt to give \copy4}\cr
\copy5\cr
\hbox{\hskip30pt to give\copy6}\cr}}}
$$

 \medskip

Clearly, *\example* is going to involve a *\futurelet*, so we expect
that *\usecounter\exno\example* should expand out to something like
**
\def\example{\futurelet\next\exno@@Z}
 . . .
 . . .
**
[Note that the
 subsidiary control sequence *\exno@@Z* is written entirely in terms of
*\exno*. So if we later type
**
\usecounter\exno\otherexample
**
*\otherexample* will then be defined exactly the same way, as
**
\futurelet\next\exno@@Z
**
---though of course *\exno@@Z* will now end up being defined differently.
\pagelabel{ZZ}
This is a reasonable arrangement, since the same counter *\exno* shouldn't
be allowed for two different constructions.]


In the use
**
\usecounter\exno\example#1{{\it Example #1.}" }
**
we also have to somehow capture the \<parameter text\>
and \<replacement text\>.
This suggests
that *\usecounter\exno\example* should expand out as
**
\def\example{\futurelet\next\exno@@Z}
 . . .
 . . .
\def\exno@@Z@
**
where the *\def\exno@@Z@* at the end will then swallow up the
subsequent \<parameter text\> and \<replacement text\>, and thus,
in our case,
\setbox1\hbox{*\def\exno@@Z@#1{{\it Example #1.}" *}
$$\overfullrule=0pt\boxed{\box1}$$

Once we have *\exno@@Z@*,
it is easy to say what *\exno@@Z* should do:

\Pitem If *\next* is neither *\label* nor *""*, then ({\bf E1}) we want
**
{\it Example \exno.}" \FNSSP@
**
which can obtained as
**
\exno@@Z@{\exno}\FNSSP@
**

\pitem
If *\next* is *""*, so that we have *\example""...""*, then ({\bf E2})
 we
want 
**
{\it Example {\exno@F \let\pre=\exno@P ...
 \let\numstyle=\exno@N ... }.}" \FNSSP@
**
which can be obtained as
**
\exno@@Z@{{\exno@F \let\pre=\exno@P ...
 ...\let\numstyle=\exno@N ...}}\FNSSP@
**

\pitem
If *\next* is *\label*, so that we have *\example\label{...}*,
then ({\bf E3}) we want
**
{\it Example \exno\label{...}.}" \FNSSP@
**
which can be obtained as
**
\exno@@Z@{\exno\label{...}}\FNSSP@
**

Thus, we want *\usecounter\exno\example* to expand as
**
\def\example{\futurelet\next\exno@@Z}
\def\exno@@Z{\ifx\next\label
 \def\next@\label##1{\exno@@Z@
  {\exno\label{##1}\FNSSP@}
 \else
 \ifx\next""\def\next@""##1""{\exno@@Z@
  {{\exno@F_",_",_##1}}\FNSSP@}
 \else
 \def\next@{\exno@@Z@{\exno}\FNSSP@}
 \fi\fi\next@}
\def\exno@@Z@
**


The general definition of *\usecounter*
has  the same features as that for *\newcounter*,
with several *\edef\next@*'s. But there are some complications.

First, we need a way of inserting the 
**
\exno@F
**
which we will specify as
**
\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname
**
except that after this is expanded to *\exno@F*, which is now {\it not\/}
*\relax*, we need to inhibit further expansion of this *\exno@F*.  This
can be done with
**
\expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname
**
because the primitive *\expandafter* is ``expanded'' in an *\edef*:
\pagelabel{EXNE} the *\csname"allowbreak..."allowbreak
\endcsname* is first expanded to
*\exno@F*, and then this expansion is placed in front of *\noexpand*, and
consequently {\it not\/} expanded in the *\edef*\,!


Similar maneuvers are needed for *\exno@P* \dots; our *\edef\next@* will
**
\let\noexpand\pre=
 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
 . . .
**

In addition,
 the control sequences
*\exno@@Z* and *\exno@@Z@*
 might already exist, if `*\usecounter\exno*'
has already appeared (compare page~\ref{ZZ}).
 In this case, the control sequences
**
\csname\exstring@#1@@Z\endcsname
\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname
**
would also {\it not\/} be *\relax*, and therefore they would be expanded
in *\edef*'s, probably with disastrous results.
  So we will  
simply *\let* them be *\relax* to begin with.

Finally,
 we want to add an
error message at the beginning if the first argument of *\usecounter* hasn't
already been created by *\newcounter*.

\C**
\def\usecounter#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@Z\endcsname\relax
  \Err@{\noexpand#1not created with \string\newcounter}\fi
 \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@@Z\endcsname=\relax
 \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname=\relax
"2
 \edef\next@{\def\noexpand#2{\futurelet\noexpand\next
  \csname\exstring@#1@@Z\endcsname}}%
 \next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\def\csname\exstring@#1@@Z\endcsname
  {\noexpand\ifx\noexpand\next\noexpand\label
  \def\noexpand\next@\noexpand\label
   ########1{\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname
   {\noexpand#1\noexpand\label{########1}}\noexpand\FNSSP@}%
    \noexpand\else
"2
  \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\next\noexpand""%
"2
  \def\noexpand\next@\noexpand""########1\noexpand""%
   {\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname{{\expandafter\noexpand
    \csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname
"2
   \let\noexpand\pre=
    \expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
"2
   \let\noexpand\post=
    \expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname
"2
   \let\noexpand\style=
    \expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname
"2
   \let\noexpand\numstyle=
    \expandafter\noexpand\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
   ########1}}\noexpand\FNSSP@}%
"2
  \noexpand\else
"2
   \def\noexpand\next@{\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname
    {\noexpand#1}\noexpand\FNSSP@}%
   \noexpand\fi\noexpand\fi\noexpand\next@}}%
 \next@
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#1@@Z@\endcsname}
**


\chapter Lists\endchapter

Now that we've discussed *\tag*, with just one counter *\tag@C*, it
seems appropriate to discuss *\list*, because it has five~counters
`*\list@C1*', \dots,\linebreak
`*\list@C5*', corresponding to the five~levels of a
list (Chapter~\ref{acces} explains  how this is handled by the 
 *\pre*, *\newpre*,
\dots, constructions). As on pages~\ref{QTS1}, \ref{QTS2} and~\ref{QTS3},
\pagelabel{QTS4}
 we will always use quotation marks around control
sequence names like `*\list@C1*', which really have to be 
named in the file by means of *\csname"allowbreak..."allowbreak\endcsname*.


\newcounter\Exno
\newnumstyle\Exno{\Alph}
\newfontstyle\Exno{\bf}
\usecounter\Exno\Topic#1{\medbreak\flushpar{\bf #1.\enspace}\ignorespaces}

\section{Style choices\label{liststy}}
Lists require four different style decisions, each 
in five versions, for the five different levels of a list.

\newpre\list1{A.}
\Topic
First, 
\list
\item
*\listbi@* will be the material (usually vertical
spacing and/or penalties)
that goes before
the first *\item* at the first level of a list.
\item
*\listbii@* will be the material that goes before the
first *\item* at the second level.
\endlist

\lamstex\ begins by setting the default values
\C**
\def\listbi@{\penalty50 \medskip}
\def\listbii@{\penalty100 \smallskip}
\let\listbiii@=\relax
\let\listbiv@=\relax
\let\listbv@=\relax
**

Thus,
\list
\item  *\listbi@* 
will produce a *\penalty50 \medskip* before the very first
 *\item*  at the top level of a *\list*
(when we define *\item* we will use
*\listbi@* only for the first *\item* at the top level [and
after the previous paragraph has been ended], 
so 
this penalty and space will not apply to later *\item*'s at the top level).
\item
Similarly, *\listbii@* 
produces   *\penalty100 \smallskip* before the first
item at the second level of a list.
\item In the default style, nothing is added before the first item
at the third through fifth levels.
\endlist

\newpre\list1{B.}
\Topic
Next,
\list
\item *\listmi@* will be the  changes to be made in the
 midst of  *\item*'s at the first level
 (usually changing the left and/or right indentations).
\item *\listmii@* will be the changes to be made in the midst
of *\item*'s at the second level.
\item"" . . .
\endlist




\lamstex\ sets the default values
\C**
\def\listmi@{\advance\leftskip by 30pt}
\let\listmii@=\listmi@
\let\listmiii@=\listmi@
\let\listmiv@=\listmi@
\let\listmv@=\listmi@
**

Thus, 
\list \item *\listmi@* will indent the text for *\item*'s at the
top level by *30pt*;
\item *\listmii@* will indent the text for *\item*'s at the second
level by yet another *30pt*;
\item"" . . .
\endlist

As we will see later (page~\ref{btework}), although 
*\listbiii@*,
\dots can be left 
undefined, it is important to have definitions
for *\listmii@*, \dots, even if they are just the same as 
*\listmi@*.

\newpre\list1{C.}
\Topic
Next, 
\list\item
*\itemi@* will specify the 
formatting of the  *\item*
numbers at the first level;
\item
*\itemii@* will specify the formatting of the  *\item*
numbers at the second level;
\item"" . . .
\endlist

\lamstex\ sets the default values
\C**
\def\itemi@#1{\noindent@@\llap{#1\hskip5pt}}
\let\itemii@=\itemi@
\let\itemiii@=\itemi@
\let\itemiv@=\itemi@
\let\itemv@=\itemi@
**
For the use of *\noindent@@*, see Chapter~\ref{EVPAR}. Notice that
if *\everypar* is non-empty, then new paragraphs within an *\item*
(like the one shown on page~17 of the \lamstex~Manual),
will have this *\everpar* material before them.
\pagelabel{NOAT}
(If we wanted to prohibit that, we could simply set *\everypar={}* 
right after the *\begingroup* in the definition of *\list* to follow,
and use *\noindent@* instead of *\noindent@@* at this point.)


Thus, 
\list\item
*\itemi@* will format an *\item* number *#1* as\pagelabel{ITEMIAT}
**
\noindent@@\llap{#1\hskip5pt}
**
The
*\llap{#1\hskip5pt}*
simply causes the *\item* number
 to appear *5pt* to the left
of the rest of the text;
\item Similarly, 
  *\itemii@* formats an *\item* number at
the second level in exactly the same way;
\item"" . . .
\endlist


\newpre\list1{D.}
\Topic
Finally, we have some control sequences that are numbered differently:
\list
\item *\liste@* will be the formatting (usually vertical spacing
and/or penalties) that goes at the end of the last *\item* at the {\it
first\/} 
level;
\item *\listei@* will be the formatting that goes at the end of
the last *\item* at the {\it second\/} level; 
\item""  . . .
\Reset\list15
\item *\listeiv@* will be the formatting that goes at the end of
the last *\item* at the {\it fifth\/} level.
\endlist\pagelabel{EE}


Thus, for reasons that will become clear (page~\ref{oneless})
these control sequences are ``numbered'' one less than the level to
which they apply.

\lamstex\ sets the default values
\C**
\def\liste@{\penalty-50 \medskip}
\def\listei@{\penalty-100 \smallskip}
\let\listeii@=\relax
\let\listeiii@=\relax
\let\listeiv@=\relax
**

Thus,
\list \item
*\liste@* will produce *\penalty-50 \medskip* 
at the end of
the list;
\item *\listei@* will produce *\penalty-100 \smallskip* when we go
from the end of the second level of the list back to the first level;
\endlist
but nothing will be added when we go from the end of the third level back
to the second level, etc.


\newpre\list1{}

\nopunct\section{Counters, \label{liststy2}etc.}
Next we must create the counters `*\list@C1*', \dots,\linebreak
 `*\list@C5*', which
we initialize to *0*:
\C**
\expandafter\newcount\csname list@C1\endcsname
\csname list@C1\endcsname=0
 . . .
**
We want `*\list@C1*', `*\list@C2*', \dots, in conformity with
a general
\lamstex\ principle for handling constructions with more than one
counter (see Chapter~\ref{acces}),
but we use *\listbi@*, *\listbii@*, \dots, because
there are a fixed number of such control sequences, which we will usually
be
mentioning explicitly, so there's no need to complicate matters by using
names that combine letters and numbers.


Just as we use `*\...@C1*', \dots, `*\...C5*' to indicate counters at
various levels, we also use `*\...@P1*', \dots for the pre-material at the
various levels, and `*\...@Q1*', \dots for the post-material at the various
levels.
We initialize all of these to be empty:
\C**
\expandafter\let\csname list@P1\endcsname=\empty
 . . .
\expandafter\let\csname list@Q1\endcsname=\empty
 . . .
**

Then come the styles at each level (compare page~\ref{CCC}): 
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname list@S1\endcsname#1{{\rm(}#1\/{\rm)}}
 . . .
**

Note that these styles determine the formatting of an item number, but the
spacing after the formatted number is determined by *\itemi@*, \dots\ (page
~\ref{ITEMIAT}).  In conformity with this,  style control sequences in
\lamstex\ never address the question of the spacing after the formatted
number, which has to be handled separately.\pagelabel{SPACESEP}


Then come the numbering styles at each level:
\C**
\expandafter\let\csname list@N1\endcsname=\arabic
 . . .
**
Note that here we once again
use *\let* rather than *\def*, just as with
*\tag* (page~\ref{TAGATN}),
 but *\def* would be required for anything other than
*\arabic*.

Finally, we also need the font styles at each level:
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname list@F1\endcsname{\rm}
 . . .
**

There will  be occasions when we want to refer to
the list counter, etc., for the current level, without having to
know or to
specify this level explicitly.  
For this purpose, we first create a
counter, 
\C**
\newcount\listlevel@
\listlevel@=0
** 
which will always hold the current list level, and  then we
\C**
\def\list@@C{\csname list@C\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
\def\list@@P{\csname list@P\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
\def\list@@Q{\csname list@Q\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
\def\list@@S{\csname list@S\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
\def\list@@N{\csname list@N\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
\def\list@@F{\csname list@F\number\listlevel@\endcsname}
**
so that, for example, *\list@@C* will be `*\list@C1*' if we are
at the first level, `*\list@C2*' if we are at the second level, etc.




\section{Other preliminaries\label{llevel}}
Since, as we've already indicated in section~\Sref{liststy},
 the first *\item* at each level needs
to be treated specially, we need flags
\C**
\newif\iffirstitemi@
\newif\iffirstitemii@
\newif\iffirstitemiii@
\newif\iffirstitemiv@
\newif\iffirstitemv@
**
Moreover, we need ways of setting the flag for each level true or false
without explicitly mentioning the level:
\C**
\def\Firstitem@true{\csname 
 firstitem\romannumeral\listlevel@ @true\endcsname}
\def\Firstitem@false{\csname
 firstitem\romannumeral\listlevel@ @false\endcsname}
**
We will also need to refer to *\listm...@*,
*\item...@*, and *\liste...@* without having to
specify the level `*...*'. So we define
\C**
\def\Listm@{\csname 
 listm\romannumeral\listlevel@ @\endcsname}
\def\Item@{\csname 
 listformatt\romannumeral\listlevel@ @\endcsname}
\def\Liste@{\csname 
 listformate\romannumeral\listlevel@ @\endcsname}
**
(For this to work, we must have *\listm...@*,
*\item...@*, defined for all levels;
*\Liste@* will be applied only for $1\le\hbox{*\listlevel@*} 
\allowbreak<\hbox{5}$.)\pagelabel{btework}


\medskip

Version *1* of \lamstex\ had *\continuelist*, 
which was meant to be used as
**
\continuelist
\list
 . . .
\endlist
**
although the \lamstex~Manual mistakenly indicated the usage
**
\continuelist
\item  
 . . . 
\endlist
**
(which would conflict with the general `*\foo ... \endfoo*' convention
for \lamstex\ constructions). This was a natural mistake to make, however, so
now `*\continuelist*'  has been replaced by `*\keepitem*'. 

 *\keepitem* itself will simply set a flag,
\C**
\newif\iflistcontinue@
\def\keepitem{\listcontinue@true}
**
while
*\endlist* will always reset *\listcontinue@false*.


\section{\CS{list}\label{list}}
Unlike the case of *\tag*,
whenever we start a *\list* we want to reset 
the list counters `*\list@C1*', \dots\ to~ *0*,
except if *\keeplisting* is in force, in which case
`*\list@C1*'  will not be changed.\pagelabel{reset}
Then we want to begin a group,
set *\firstitemi@true*,  set the list 
level counter to~*1*, and define *\item* in terms of a *\futurelet*,
since it needs to see if a ``quoted'' number follows:
\footnote{An *\item* outside a *\list* will continue to have its usual
meaning from *plain* \tex@, though it might be preferable to 
specify *\Invalid@\item* (see section~\Sref{K})
and to *\let\itemitem="allowbreak\undefined*, since that
usage more or less conflicts with \lamstex\ usage.}
**
\def\list{%
 \iflistcontinue@\else
  \global\csname list@C1\endcsname=0 
 \fi
"2
 \global\csname list@C2\endcsname=0
"2
 \global\csname list@C3\endcsname=0
"2
 \global\csname list@C4\endcsname=0
"2
 \global\csname list@C5\endcsname=0
"2
 \begingroup
 \firstitemi@true
 \listlevel@=1
"2
 \def\item{\futurelet\next\item@}
**



At this point it might seem  like it's time to end the previous paragraph, 
and get down to work.
But we need a slight diversion, because
we are also going to allow the possibility that
*\list* is followed by *\runinitem* instead of *\item*, as in \amstex@.
So we
also need a *\futurelet* for that:
\C**
\def\list{%
 \iflistcontinue@\else
  \global\csname list@C1\endcsname=0 
 \fi
 \global\csname list@C2\endcsname=0
 \global\csname list@C3\endcsname=0
 \global\csname list@C4\endcsname=0
 \global\csname list@C5\endcsname=0
 \begingroup
 \firstitemi@true
 \listlevel@=1
 \def\item{\futurelet\next\item@}%
 \futurelet\next\list@}
**

*\runinitem* has no role except to serve as an indicator after
*\list* [or after *\inlevel*, since we also allow *\runinitem* to be
used instead of the first *\item* at each level],
so (compare section~\Sref{K}) we first state
\C**
\Invalid@\runinitem
**

In the definition of *\list@*, the test *\ifx\next\runinitem* can be used
to detect if *\list* is followed by *\runinitem*.  
If *\list@*  detects a *\runinitem*, it will then swallow this
*\runinitem*
and  do yet another *\futurelet* (to see if *\runinitem* is followed
by a quoted number).

Otherwise, the first thing *\list@* should do is to end the current
paragraph. 
At this point, however,
 the default style adds some adjustment for the
space between paragraphs, since paragraphs are allowed within each *\item*.
 If our style does leave some space, say *1pt*,
between paragraphs, we probably want to do the same for paragraphs within
each *\item*.  Normally, however, *\parskip* is something like `*0pt
plus 1pt*', with only stretchable space. In this situation, it is inadvisable
to leave the stretchability, for, on a page requiring a fair amount of
vertical stretching, this interparagraph stretch might easily end up looking
too big compared to the other spacing that the style selects for *\list*'s
(I speak from experience!).  This stretchability can be eliminated with the
code 
**
\dimen@=\parskip \parskip=\dimen@  "8ELIM"8
**
(since *\dimen@* is a
dimension, the first assignment sets *\dimen@* to the non-stretchable part
of *\parskip*, and the second assignment resets *\parskip* to this
non-stretchable part).

So the definition of *\list@* might be
**
\def\list@{\ifx\next\runinitem
  \def\next@\runinitem{\futurelet\next\runinitem@}\else
  \def\next@{\par \dimen@=\parskip \parskip=\dimen@}\fi\next@}
**

That's not quite good enough however, because we also want  to allow a
blank line before the *\runinitem*, since blank lines are generally allowed
before *\item*'s. 
\footnote{On the other hand, there's no way we can allow a blank
line to occur
 before *\list* in a
  `*\list\runinitem*' combination; when a run-in *\item* is
required, the *\list* must appear in the same paragraph
as the previous text.}

So if *\next* happens to be *\par*, we will call a construction that
swallows this *\par* and then repeats the *\futurelet\next\list@*:
\C**
\def\list@{\ifx\next\par
 \def\next@\par{\futurelet\next\list@}\else
 \ifx\next\runinitem
  \def\next@\runinitem{\futurelet\next\runinitem@}\else
  \def\next@{\par \dimen@=\parskip \parskip=\dimen@}%
 \fi\fi\next@}
**


Leaving aside the definition   of *\runinitem@* for the moment, we
consider the case where *\item* occurs next.


\section{\CS{item}\label{item}}
*\item* has already been set to *\futurelet\next\item@*.
Before worrying about whether a quoted
*\item* number follows,
*\item@* will take care of any needed formatting.
This will involve two new flags
\C**
\newif\ifoutlevel@
\newif\ifrunin@
**
The first will be true if the *\item* was preceded by *\outlevel*
(so that *\item*'s at a higher level have just been completed). The 
second will be true if the present *\item* follows a *\runinitem* at the
same level.\pagelabel{runin}.
 In either of these cases, the appropriate flag for first *\item*'s
at this level
(*\iffirstitemi@* or *\iffirstitemii@* or \dots) will be {\it false}.

The first thing *\item@* adds is
**
\ifoutlevel@\Liste@\outlevel@false\fi
**
So, for example, 
if our *\item* occurs at the top level ($
\hbox{*\listlevel@*}=\hbox{1}$), and we have just completed *\item*'s
at the second level,
we will add *\listei@*---recall
(page~\ref{EE}) that this is the formatting that goes at the end of the 
last *\item* at the {\it second\/} level.\pagelabel{oneless}

The reason for this approach is that in a situation like
**
\list
\item ...
"2
 \inlevel 
  \item ...
"2
   \inlevel
"2
    \item ...
    \item ...
   "9\outlevel"9
 "9\outlevel"9
\item ...
**
where we go from third level *\item*'s right 
back to first level *\item*'s,
the spacing before that next *\item* at the first level should be
the spacing that goes after {\it second\/} level items, not the spacing
 that goes
after third level items (and certainly not the sum of the spacing that
goes after
the second and third levels). So
we don't want the spacing to be put in by the *\outlevel*'s; instead
*\outlevel* will just  set *\outlevel@true*, for use by *\item*.
\pagelabel{outlevel}

Next, we consider the case where *\ifrunin@* is true.
In this case, we simply want to set *\runin@false*, 
end the current paragraph (which contains the previous *\runinitem*, which
 has not been indented any extra amount), add the same adjustments that were
made for *\list@*, in case we are at the first level,
and then
add *\Listm@* (the 
*\listm...@* for the current level)  to apply to the remaining
*\item*'s at the current level:
**
 \ifrunin@\runin@false\par
 \dimen@=\parskip \parskip=\dimen@
 \Listm@\fi
**


If neither of these cases occurs, we have to consider the possibility
that the *\item* was the first at its level. At the first level,
this means that we will add
**
\listbi@ \listmi@ 
**
if *\iffirstitemi@* is true,
 also setting *\firstitemi@false*, 
but simply add a *\par* for other items:
**
 \iffirstitemi@
  \listbi@\listmi@\firstitemi@false
 \else\par\fi
**
Note that *\listbi@* will be occurring after a *\par* supplied
by *\list*, via *\list@*, or by *\outlevel* (section~\Sref{Outlevel}).

  Analogous code is added for the situation where we are at the
second level (*\iffirstitemii@...\fi*); in this case, *\listbii@*
will be occurring after the *\par* supplied by the previous code.
And similarly for the third through fifth levels.

Each of these *\iffirstitem...@* tests has to be made separately, and
*\listbi@*, \dots\ appear only in such constructions; that is why
there is no point having a `*\Listb@*' construction.


We will use compressed format, as well as the K-method, for *\item@*, 
 so that the definition ends
**
\ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi
**
with *\next@*  and *\nextii@* defined first.%\pagelabel{a\ b}

The definitions of *\next@* and *\nextii@* are
 quite similar to the definitions of
*\maketag@@@* and *\maketag@@@@*,
using *\Qlabel@* from section~\Sref{maketag}
 for ``quoted'' *\item* numbers, 
but
 with some additions:
**
 \def\next@""##1""{{\let\pre=\list@@P \let\post=\list@@Q
  \let\style=\list@@S \let\numstyle=\list@@N
  "9\vskip-\parskip"9
  \Item@{\list@@F##1}%
  \noexpands@
  \Qlabel@{##1}}%
  \locallabel@
  "9\FNSSP@"9}%
"slip
 \def\nextii@{\global\advance\list@@C by 1
  {\noexpands@
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\list@@C}%
   \xdefThelabel@\list@@N
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\list@@P\Thelabel@\list@@Q}}%
   \xdefThelabel@@\list@@S
  }%
  \locallabel@
  "9\vskip-\parskip"9
  \Item@{\list@@F\thelabel@@}%
  "9\futurelet\next\pretendspace@"9}%
**

We add the
*\vskip-\parskip* because *\Item@* will normally
start a new paragraph, and we want the spacing before the *\item* to be
explicitly specified by *\listbi@*, \dots, and not involve any
*\parskip*, which is easy to forget about.

And we add the *\FNSSP@* and
*\futurelet\next\pretendspace@*'s because
 *\Item@* puts us into horizontal mode\pagelabel{NEEDFP}
 (in the default style it also produces some space
after the
*\item* number---the *\hskip5pt* at the end of the
*\llap* in the definition of *\item...@*---but
this space is ``hidden''
inside the *\llap*, and will not be discovered by *\lastskip*). 
  So  (compare section~\Sref{ZZZ})
**
\item \label{...}" Text ...
**
would leave an extra space before the ``Text \dots''. 
The *\pretendspaces@*'s
take care of this.
  In the case of
*\nextii@* we don't need *FNSSP@*, since a space
token won't appear after *\item* (compare  *\endMath*, page~\ref{DDD}).


It should perhaps also be noted that something like *\let\pre=\list@@P*
does not actually make *\pre* have the value of the appropriate
`*\list@P1*' or `*\list@P2*' or \dots, but simply makes *\pre* expand out to
the definition of *\list@@P*, i.e., to
**
\csname list@P\number\listlevel@\endcsname
**
This is adequate, however, since we are not storing this value of *\pre* for
later use:\pagelabel{ADEQ}
 when this *\pre* gets used, either in printing the number,
**
{\list@@F##1}
**
or in the *\xdef*'s involved in
**
\Qlabel@{##1}
**
the current value of `*\list@P1*' or `*\list@P2*' or \dots, will be inserted.

Thus, the definition of *\item@* is:
\C**
\def\item@{%
 \ifoutlevel@\Liste@\outlevel@false\fi
"2
 \ifrunin@\runin@false\par
 \dimen@=\parskip \parskip=\dimen@ \Listm@\fi
"2
 \iffirstitemi@
   \listbi@\listmi@\firstitemi@false
  \else\par\fi
"2
 \iffirstitemii@
   \listbii@\listmii@\firstitemii@false
  \else\par\fi
"2
 \iffirstitemiii@
   \listbiii@\listmiii@\firstitemiii@false
  \else\par\fi
"2
 \iffirstitemiv@
   \listbiv@\listmiv@\firstitemiv@false
  \else\par\fi
"2
 \iffirstitemv@
   \listbv@\listmv@\firstitemv@false
  \else\par\fi
"2
 \def\next@""##1""{{\let\pre=\list@@P \let\post=\list@@Q   "8LISTQ"8
  \let\style=\list@@S \let\numstyle=\list@@N
"2
  \vskip-\parskip
  \Item@{\list@@F##1}
"2
  \noexpands@
  \Qlabel@{##1}}%
"2
  \locallabel@
  \FNSSP@}%
"2
 \def\nextii@{\global\advance\list@@C by 1
  {\noexpands@
"2
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\list@@C}%
   \xdefThelabel@\list@@N
"2
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\list@@P\Thelabel@\list@@Q}}%
   \xdefThelabel@@\list@@S
  }% 
"2
  \locallabel@
"2
  \vskip-\parskip
  \Item@{\list@@F\thelabel@@}%
"2
  \futurelet\next\pretendspace@}%
 \ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi}
**

\section{\CS{runinitem\@}}
*\runinitem@* is  similar to, but simpler than, *\item@*.

First, *\runinitem@* sets *\ifrunin@true* and *\Firstitem@false*
(to be used by the next
*\item* [page~\ref{runin}]). The preliminary formatting of *\item@* isn't
necessary, so *\runinitem@*
 then immediately defines *\next@* and\linebreak *\nextii@* for
the compressed format:
**
  \def\next@""##1""{{\let\pre=\list@@P \let\post=\list@@Q
   \let\style=\list@@S \let\numstyle=\list@@N
   \unskip\space{\list@@F##1}"9" "9%
   \noexpands@
   \Qlabel@{##1}}%
   \locallable@
   \ignorespaces}
"slip
  \def\nextii@{\global\advance\list@@C by 1
   {\noexpands@
"2
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\list@@C}%
    \xdefThelabel@\list@@N
"2
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\list@@P\Thelabel@\list@@Q}}%
    \xdefThelabel@@\list@@S
   }% 
   \locallabel@
   \unskip\space{\list@@F\thelabel@@}"9" "9}
**
In other words, after suitably defining *\thelabel@*, \dots, we leave
a space after the preceding text, and then print the *\item* number,
either as explicitly quoted, or as supplied automatically, 
and then add a space.  In the case of *\runinitem""...""* we have to ignore
any space that follows the *""...""*. Notice, however, that in neither case
do we have to worry about invisible constructions that follow, since now
a real space has been inserted.

Thus, the definition of *\runinitem@* reads:
\C**
\def\runinitem@{%
  \runin@true
  \Firstitem@false
"2
  \def\next@"##1"{{\let\pre=\list@@P \let\post=\list@@Q
   \let\style=\list@@S \let\numstyle=\list@@N
   \unskip\space{\list@@F##1}" %
   \noexpands@
   \Qlabel@{##1}}%
   \locallabel@
   \ignorespaces}%
"2
  \def\nextii@{\global\advance\list@@C by 1
   {\noexpands@
"2
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\list@@C}%
"2
    \xdefThelabel@\list@@N
"2
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\list@@P\Thelabel@\list@@Q}}%
    \xdefThelabel@@\list@@S
   }%
"2
   \locallabel@
   \unskip\space{\list@@F\thelabel@@}" }%
   \ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi}
**



\section{\CS{inlevel}\label{inlevel}}
We will keep each level of a list within its own group, to
localize *\listlevel@*, etc.

 *\inlevel* will simply produce an error message if *\listlevel@*
is already ~*5*. Otherwise it will
 provide a *\begingroup* and advance *\listlevel@* by~ 1; notice
that this is  {\it not\/} a *\global\advance*: the value of
*\listlevel@* will be different within the different groups provided by
different levels.
Then we will set *\Firstitem@true* (i.e., set *\firstitemii@true* if we 
are
at now at the second level,
 *\firstitemiii@true* if we are now at the third level,
etc.).  
 No special formatting has to be done by *\inlevel*, because,
once *\listlevel@* has been correctly set, each *\item* will take care of
all necessary formatting.  But we are not quite done, because we need a 
*\futurelet* to see if a *\runinitem* follows:
\C**
\def\inlevel{\ifnum\listlevel@=5
 \def\next@{\Err@{Already 5 levels down}}\else
 \def\next@{\begingroup\advance\listlevel@ by 1 
 \Firstitem@true\futurelet\next\inlevel@}\fi\next@}
**

If *\inlevel@* detects a *\runinitem*, it just has to swallow
this *\runinitem* and call *\futurelet\next\runinitem@*, exactly
like *\list*; otherwise nothing remains to be done at all.  However,
just as in the case of *\list@*, we must also allow the possibility 
that  a *\par* precedes a *\runinitem*
\footnote{As in the case of *\list*, there's no way we can allow a blank
line to occur
  before *\inlevel* in  an `*\inlevel\runinitem*'
combination; 
 when a run-in *\item* is
required at a new level,
 the 
*\inlevel* must appear in the same paragraph
as the previous text.}:
\C**
\def\inlevel@{\ifx\next\par
 \def\next@\par{\futurelet\next\inlevel@}\else
 \ifx\next\runinitem
  \def\next@\runinitem{\futurelet\next\runinitem@}\else
 \let\next@=\relax\fi\fi\next@}
**


\section{\CS{outlevel}\label{Outlevel}}
Similarly, *\outlevel* gives an error message if we are at level~1.
Otherwise, we
want to end the paragraph and provide an *\endgroup* to match the
*\begingroup* provided by the previous *\inlevel*. 
 Nothing has to be
done to *\listlevel@*, since it will simply return to the value it was
already given before this new group had been entered.\pagelabel{ebeforee}
Note that it
is important to end the paragraph before the *\endgroup*; otherwise, the
current value of *\leftskip* provided by *\Listm@* would no longer
be in force when the paragraph ended.
In addition, before the *\endgroup*
 we need to globally
reset the counter for the current level back to ~0 (in case
we go down to this level by another *\inlevel*).\pagelabel{OUT}
  Finally, we want to
set *\outlevel@true*, for use by the next *\item*
 (page~\ref{runin}~ff.).
\C**
\def\outlevel{\ifnum\listlevel@=1
 \Err@{At top level}\else
 \par\global\list@@C=0 \endgroup\outlevel@true\fi}
**

\section{\CS{endlist}\label{ENDLIST}}
*\endlist* 
first ends the current paragraph:
**
\def\endlist{\par . . .
** 

Note that it's quite
possible for *\endlist* to occur after several consecutive
*\inlevel*'s---there may not be *\outlevel*'s to match all these
*\inlevel*'s. Consequently, *\endlist* must not
only supply an
*\endgroup* to match the *\begingroup* supplied
by *\list*,  but it must also supply enough
 *\endgroup*'s to match any
*\inlevel*'s that do not having matching *\outlevel*'s; this is
accomplished by the following code:
**
\global\toks1={}%
\count@=\listlevel@
{\loop
"2
 \ifnum\count@>0 \global\toks1=\expandafter{\the\toks1 \endgroup}%
 \advance\count@ by -1
 \repeat}
\the\toks1
**
(The possibility that an
*\inlevel* does not have a matching *\outlevel*
is the reason why we
 reset the counters for all levels at the beginning of a *\list*
[page~\ref{reset}], even though *\outlevel* resets the counter for its
level [\recentpageref{OUT}{see above}{see the previous
page}{page~\value\page}].) 
The *\loop* is enclosed within a group for the
unlikely eventuality that some *\list"allowbreak..."allowbreak\endlist*
 occurs within a *\loop* construction (compare page~\ref{POSSLOOP}).
Because of this, we need a *\global* assignment of the token list, so we
use *\toks1* (compare section~\Sref{LANDG}); and for consistency,
we begin with the *\global* assignment *\global\toks1={}*. We don't make
an abbreviation for *\toks1* because it is used so infrequently.

The *\endgroup*'s are followed by  
**
\liste@
**
(page~\ref{EE}), and then 
by
**
\listcontinue@false
**
since *\listcontinue@true* is set by
*\keeplisting*, which appears before a *\list*.


The final step is to take care of the fact that
 a *\list...\endlist* is not supposed to start a new
paragraph at the end, unless a new paragraph actually appears
in the file. For this
we
add\pagelabel{listnopar}
**
\vskip-\parskip
\noindent@@
**
If text follows immediately after the *\endlist*, it will start an
unindented paragraph, with no extra space, except that provided
by *\liste* 
(and so it will appear that the *\list...\endlist*
has merely ``interrupted'' the paragraph).


On the other hand, when *\endlist* is followed by a *\par* or blank line
before
new text, so that we have
**
\vskip-\parskip
\noindent@@
\par
 . . .
**
the ``empty paragraph'' *\noindent@@...\par* doesn't produce a blank line,
but we do get
*\parskip* glue inserted before the *\noindent@@* and {\it also\/}
before the text following the *\par*.  Together with the
*\vskip-\parskip*, this means that the   following text, which will
start a new paragraph,
 will have the usual *\parskip* glue before it. 


There is just one further detail: We need to add\pagelabel{ADDFNP}
**
\futurelet\next\pretendspace@
**
in case an invisible construction like *\pagelabel* happens to appear
after the *\endlist* (compare page~\ref{NEEDFP}).


Thus, the definition of *\endlist*   is:
\C**
\def\endlist{\par
"2
 \global\toks1={}%
 \count@=\listlevel@
"2
 {\loop
  \ifnum\count@>0 
   \global\toks1=\expandafter{\the\toks1 \endgroup}%
  \advance\count@ by -1
  \repeat}%
"2
 \the\toks1
"2
 \liste@
"2
 \listcontinue@false
"2
 \vskip-\parskip
 \noindent@@
 \futurelet\next\pretendspace@}
**

\small! As on page~\ref{BADOUTER}, \pagelabel{BADOUTER2} note
that if *\bye* were *\outer*, then *\endlist\bye* would give an error
message. \endsmall


Notice that a *\par* after *\endlist*
doesn't have to appear explicitly for all this to work.
For example, something like
**
\list
 . . .
\endlist
\section{...}
**
where *\section* starts a new paragraph, will behave correctly.
Consequently, this approach is preferable to one that would use
 a *\futurelet*
to see if a  *\par* comes next (such uses of *\futurelet* in sections
~\Sref{list} and~\Sref{inlevel} were quite different---they were meant only
to {\it skip over\/} any *\par*'s that might appear).  If somewhat
different design decisions are required for the spacing after the
*\endlist*, we could, for example, use
\setbox0\hbox{\<dimen$_{\text1}$\>}%
**
\edef\parskip@{\parskip=\the\parskip}
\parskip="box0
\noindent@@
\futurelet\next\pretendspace@
**
[The construction
**
\edef\parskip@{\parskip=\the\parskip} "8=the"8
**
is similar to the construction
**
\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}
**
used in *plain* \tex@: the primitive *\parskip*
is not expanded in the *\edef*,  but `*\the*' {\it is\/} expanded, so
*\parskip@* means
\setbox0\hbox{\<current value of *\parskip*\>}%
\setbox1\hbox{`}\setbox2\hbox{'}
**
"box1\parskip="box0"box2
**
after the *\edef* is finished.]


\chapter\CS{describe} and \CS{margins}\endchapter

Although *\describe* and *\margins* don't really come next by any logical
imperative, they come next in \lamstex\ because they are so similar to 
*\list*.

\section{\CS{describe}}
Since *\describe* has only one level, it is simplest to incorporate all
 necessary style decisions 
 directly into the definition, without using 
 subsidiary
 control sequences like *\listbi@*, etc.  In addition,
*\describe* is much less complicated than *\list* because
nothing gets numbered,
*\describe* doesn't have to check for a *\runinitem*, and
*\item*'s in a *\describe* don't have to check to see if a *""* follows.


We require 
just one flag, for the first *\item* in a *\describe*:
\C**
\newif\iffirstdescribe@
**

*\describe* can immediately end the previous paragraph (unlike *\list*,
which has to worry about a *\runinitem* following); then, like *\list*,
it begins a group and sets *\firstdescribe@true*. 
(The default style doesn't bother adding `*\dimen@=\parskip
\parskip=\dimen@*', but other styles might want to add that here.)  Then
it simply has to define *\item* within *\describe*, which is simply a
control sequence with an argument:
\C**
\def\describe{\par
 \begingroup
 \firstdescribe@true
"2
 \def\item##1{%
  \iffirstdescribe@
  \penalty50 \medskip \vskip-\parskip
  \firstdescribe@false\else\par\fi
  \hangindent2pc \hangafter1
  \noindent@@{\bf##1}\hskip.5em}
**
(compare page~\ref{NOAT} for the use of *\noindent@@*).

In the definition of *\item*, the 
**
\penalty50 \medskip \vskip-parskip
\hangindent2pc \hangafter1 \noindent
\noindent@@{\bf##1}\hskip.5em
**
represent  style decisions, which might be changed for other styles.


*\enddescribe* is also much simpler than *\endlist*: we simply end the
previous paragraph, add spacing and penalties (style decisions) and
end the group started by *\describe*:
\C**
\def\enddescribe{\par
 \penalty-50 \medskip\vskip-\parskip
 \endgroup}
** 

Since
*\describe...\enddescribe* {\it is\/} supposed to start a new paragraph at
the end (at least in the default style), we don't need the special
machinations that were used for *\endlist* (page~\ref{listnopar}); of
course, they could always be added for a style that wants to handle this
question differently.


\section{\CS{margins}}
The *\margins* construction uses the commands
*\pullin* and *\pullinmore*, rather
than *\item*.  We might as well have these give error messages outside of
a *\margins...\endmargins* construction (see section~\Sref{K}),
\C**
\Invalid@\pullin
\Invalid@\pullinmore
**

There is no special formatting before the first paragraph of a
*\margins* construction.  Nevertheless, we still need a flag
\C**
\newif\iffirstpull@
**
but this flag will  play quite a different role than the analogous
flag in *\describe*:  Each *\pullin* command
is going to start a new group, within which *\leftskip* and *\rightskip*
will be determined by the arguments of this command;  since a *\pullin*
is usually followed by yet another *\pullin*, this means that each
*\pullin* will  also have to provide the *\endgroup* that matches
the *\begingroup* from the previous *\pullin*, except that the
 {\it first\/} *\pullin* should not provide this extra *\endgroup*.

*\margins*, like *\describe*, will end the previous paragraph,
begin a group, set *\firstpull@true*, and then define *\pullin* and
*\pullinmore*:
**
\def\margins{\par\begingroup\firstpull@true
 \def\pullin##1##2{...}%
 \def\pullinmore##1##2{...}}
**

*\pullin* will end the previous paragraph, and supply an *\endgroup*,
except for the first *\pullin*, as already indicated, and then start
yet another group:
**
\def\pullin##1##2{\par
 \iffirstpull@\firstpull@false\else\endgroup\fi
 \begingroup
**
(Notice that it is important to have the *\par* before the
*\endgroup*, compare page~\ref{ebeforee}.)

In this new group we want to set *\leftskip=##1* and *\rightskip=##2*.
But we want 
\setbox0\hbox{or}
**
\pullin{}{...}  "box0  \pullin{" }{...}
**
to yield *\leftskip=0pt*, and similarly for the second argument, so we
explicitly have to check for these possibilities:
**
\def\next@{##1}%
\ifx\next@\empty\leftskip=0pt\else
 \ifx\next@\space\leftskip=0pt\else
  \leftskip=##1\fi\fi
\def\next@{##2}%
\ifx\next@\empty\rightskip=0pt\else
 \ifx\next@\space\rightskip=0pt\else
  \rightskip=##1\fi\fi\ignorespaces}
**
The final
*\ignorespaces* is needed to get rid of any spaces following the
*\pullin{...}{...}*.

Normally, *\margins* is meant to be used as
**
\margins
 \pullin{...}{...}
 . . .
\endmargins
**
but our definition allows text to intervene between the `*\margins*'
command and the first `*\pullin*'; such text will just be treated as a
paragraph with no special indentations.


Note that this definition of *\pullin*
regards the  arguments as `absolute'
dimensions, rather than as
 dimensions relative to values of *\leftskip* and
*\rightskip* that may have already been set. Indeed, when one of the
arguments is *{}* or *{ }*, we explicitly set the value of *\leftskip*
or *\rightskip* to *0pt*, instead of simply leaving it alone.

 Since no other \lamstex\
macros fool with *\leftskip* and *\rightskip*, this seems like a
reasonable design decision; a sophisticated
user who knows about *\leftskip* and
*\rightskip* will presumably have the sense either to adjust the
arguments of *\pullin* appropriately (or to use *\pullinmore*), or to
first
set *\leftskip* and *\rightskip* to *0pt* before using *\margins*.


To make the arguments of *\pullin* relative dimensions, it would suffice
 to replace the `*\leftskip*' and `*\rightskip*' with
`*\advance\leftskip*' and `*\advance\rightskip*', respectively. In this
case, we could simply omit
the `*\leftskip=0pt\relax*' and `*\rightskip=0pt\relax*' 
 both times.

The definition of *\pullinmore* follows just such a scheme, except that
we must store the current values of *\leftskip* and *\rightskip* before 
ending the  previous group:
**
\xdef\Next@{\leftskip=\the\leftskip
 \rightskip=\the\rightskip}
**
The effect of this *\xdef* (compare page~\ref{=the}) is to make
*\Next@* mean
\setbox0\hbox{\<current value of *\leftskip*\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<current value of *\rightskip*\>}
**
\leftskip="box0
\rightskip="box1
**
We need *\xdef* rather than *\edef*, because this will be followed by
an *\endgroup*; then, after the following *\begingroup* we can reinstate
these values, before using the arguments of *\pullinmore* to decide
how much to
*\advance\leftskip* or *\advance\rightskip*:
**
\def\pullinmore##1##2{\par
 \xdef\Next@{\leftskip=\the\leftskip
  \rightskip=\the\rightskip}%
"2
 \iffirstpull@\firstpull@false\else\endgroup\fi
"2
 \begingroup
"2
 \Next@
 \def\next@{##1}%
 \ifx\next@\empty\else\ifx\next@\space\else
  \advance\leftskip by ##1\fi\fi
"2
 \def\next@{##2}%
 \ifx\next@\empty\else\ifx\next@\space\else
  \advance\rightskip by ##1\fi\fi
 \ignorespaces}
**
We use the scratch token *\Next@* here, because it
has been reserved for *\global*
assignments (page~\ref{GNXT}).

Thus, the definition of *\margins* is
\C**
\def\margins{\par\begingroup\firstpull@true
 \def\pullin##1##2{\par
  \iffirstpull@\firstpull@false\else\endgroup\fi
"2
  \begingroup
  \def\next{##1}%
  \ifx\next@\empty\leftskip=0pt\else
  \ifx\next@\space\leftskip=0pt\else
  \leftskip=##1\fi
"2
  \def\next{##2}%
  \ifx\next@\empty\rightskip=0pt\else
  \ifx\next@\space\rightskip=0pt\else
  \rightskip=##2\fi\fi
  \ignorespaces}%
"2
 \def\pullinmore##1##2{\par
  \xdef\Next@{\leftskip=\the\leftskip
   \rightskip=\the\rightskip}%
"2
  \iffirstpull@\firstpull@false\else\endgroup\fi
"2
  \begingroup
  \Next@
  \def\next@{##1}%
  \ifx\next@\empty\else\ifx\next@\space\else
  \advance\leftskip by ##1\fi\fi
"2
  \def\next@{##2}%
  \ifx\next@\empty\else\ifx\next@\space\else
  \advance\rightskip by ##2\fi\fi
  \ignorespaces}}
**

And *\endmargins* simply has to end the current paragraph, and supply
two *\endgroup*'s (one to match the *\begingroup*
from the previous *\pullin* or *\pullinmore*, and one to match the
initial *\begingroup* supplied by *\margins*):
\C**
\def\endmargins{\par\endgroup\endgroup}
**


\chapter \CS{nopunct}, \CS{nospace}, and \CS{overlong}\endchapter
In the next chapter we will consider *\demo*, because it uses some
preliminary constructions for *\claim*, the subject of the chapter after
that. Since both *\demo* and *\claim* involve punctuation and spacing that
are normally supplied by a style, but which a user might want to override,
this chapter is devoted to such considerations, which version~*1* of
\lamstex\ handled with the *\nofrills* construction.


\section{\CS{nopunct}, \CS{nospace}, and \CS{overlong}\label{AGONY}}
In \amstex's *amsppt* style, *\nofrills* was used in several, not entirely
consistent, ways (unfortunately extended yet further by the AMS in their
additions to the style), and this inconsistent usage was brought over to
version~*1* of \lamstex\ (see the small print on
page~\ref{NOFC}).

 In version~*2* of \lamstex@,
*\nofrills* has been changed to *\nopunct*, so that it  affects
 only punctuation.
It then seems silly to allow *\nopunct* to also delete the spacing after the
punctuation, with *\usualspace* required
to put this spacing back.  Instead, it seems
more consistent to have `*\nospace*' to delete the space, so that removal of
the punctuation and removal of the spacing are handled separately.

  In
addition to these two new control sequences,
 *\overlong* has been retained.  Although no construction in
the default \lamstex\ style happens to allow both *\overlong* and *\nopunct*
or *\nospace*, other style might, so our macros will allow for
the
possibility that any combination of *\nopunct*, *\nospace*, and *\overlong*
precedes some construction (however, we will assume that each of these is used
just once).


In \lamstex@,
 *\nopunct*, *\nospace*, and *\overlong* all work in the same way,
by checking whether the next control sequence after any of these is in an
appropriate list, and setting a flag to be true if it is; it is then
the prerogative of that next control sequence to deal with this information
(and to reset the flags to false at the end).

We need three flags
\C**
\newif\ifnopunct@
\newif\ifnospace@
\newif\ifoverlong@
**
a list, initialized as	
\C**
\let\nofrillslist@=\empty
**
of constructions to which both *\nopunct* and *\nospace* can apply, and
a list, initialized as
\C**
\let\overlonglist@=\empty
**
of constructions to which *\overlong* can apply.

Because each of *\nopunct*, *\nospace*, and *\overlong* has to allow the
possibility that it is followed by one or both of the others, the macros are
complicated, though in no way interesting; basically, each will set the
corresponding flag to be true, although the flag may be reset to false
if we eventually find that an appropriate control sequence doesn't follow.

First of all, each of these construction begins with a *\futurelet\next*:
\C**
\def\nopunct{\nopunct@true\futurelet\next\nopunct@}
\def\nospace{\nospace@true\futurelet\next\nospace@}
\def\overlong{\overlong@true\futurelet\next\overlong@}
**

If *\nopunct* is followed by *\nospace* or *\overlong*, it will swallow
these control sequences, set
the corresponding flags true, and then use yet another *\futurelet*:
\C**
\def\nopunct@{%
 \ifx\next\nospace
  \def\next@\nospace{\nospace@true\futurelet\next\nopnos@}%
 \else
 \ifx\next\overlong
  \def\next@\overlong{\overlong@true\futurelet\next\nopol@}%
 \else
  \let\next@=\nopunct@@
 \fi\fi\next@}
**
 
We reach *\nopunct@@* when neither *\nospace* nor *\overlong* follows
our original *\nopunct*, so now we have to check whether the control sequence
that follows is in *\nofrillslist@*.  If so, we simply execute this
control sequence (the flag *\ifnopunct@* has already been set true);
otherwise we reset *\ifnopunct@* to be false and give an error message,
and still execute the control sequence:
\C**
\def\nopunct@@#1{\ismember@\nofrillslist@#1%
 \iftest@
  \let\next@=#1%
 \else
  \def\next@{\nopunct@false
   \Err@{\noexpand\nopunct can't be used with
   \string#1}#1}$%
 \fi\next@}
**
(We use an argument *#1* for *\nopunct@@*, rather than picking up the
next control sequence with a *\futurelet\next*, so that we can
properly include *#1* in the error message.) For the use of *\noexpand*
in this, any future, error messages, compare section~\Sref{SACN}.

Temporarily leaving aside *\nopnos@* and *\nopol@*,
 the other possible outcomes
of *\nopunct@*, we use basically the same procedures for *\nospace@* and
*\overlong@*:
\C**
\def\nospace@{%
 \ifx\next\nopunct
  \def\next\nopunct{\nopunct@true\futurelet\next\nopnos@}%
 \else
 \ifx\next\overlong
  \def\next@\overlong{\overlong@true\futurelet\next\nosol@}%
 \else
  \let\next@=\nospace@@
 \fi\fi\next@}
**
(notice that we use the same *\nopnos@* that appeared in *\nopunct@*)
\C**
\def\nospace@@#1{\ismember@\nofrillslist@#1%
"2
 \iftest@
  \let\next@=#1%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{\nospace@false
   \Err@{\noexpand\nospace can't be used with
    \string#1}#1}%
 \fi\next@}
"2
\def\overlong@{%
 \ifx\next\nopunct
  \def\next@\nopunct{\nopunct@true\futurelet\next\nopol@}%
 \else
 \ifx\next\nospace
  \def\next@\nospace{\nospace@true\futurelet\next\nosol@}%
 \else
  \let\next@=\overlong@@
 \fi\fi\next@}
**
(notice that we use the same *\nopol@* and *\nosol@* that appeared in 
*\nopunct@* and *\nospace@*)
\C**
\def\overlong@@#1{\ismember@\overlonglist@#1%
 \iftest@
  \let\next@=#1%
 \else
  \def\next@{\overlong@false
   \Err@{\noexpand\overlong can't be used with
    \string#1}#1}%
 \fi\next@}
**

Now each of *\nopnos@*, *\nopol@*, and *\nosol@* must look for the
third of the triumvirate:
\C**
\def\nopnos@{\ifx\next\overlong
 \def\next@\overlong{\overlong@true\nopnosol@}\else
 \let\next@=\nopnos@@\fi\next@}
"2
\def\nopol@{\ifx\next\nospace
 \def\next@\nospace{\nospace@true\nopnosol@}\else
 \let\next@=\nopol@@\fi\next@}
"2
\def\nosol@{\ifx\next\nopunct
 \def\next@\nopunct{\nopunct@true\nopnosol@}\else
 \let\next@=\nosol@@\fi\next@}
**

The first of the newly created possibilities, *\nopnos@@* is easy:
\C**
\def\nopnos@@#1{\ismember@\nofrillslist@#1%
 \iftest@
  \let\next@=#1%
 \else
  \def\next@{\nopunct@false\nospace@false
   \Err@{\noexpand\nopunct\noexpand\nospace
    can't be used with \string#1}#1}%
 \fi\next@}
**
Notice that we may be giving the error message
**
\nopunct \nospace can't be used with ...
**
not worrying about niceties like commas between *\nopunct* and
*\nospace*! 


For the next two, which require testing for both *\nofrillslist@* and
*\overlonglist@*, we will  *\let\nextiii@=T* or *F*, depending on whether
or not the argument is in *\nofrillslist@*, and *\let\nextiv@=T* or *F*,
depending on whether or not the argument is in *\overlonglist@*; we
use *\nextiii@* and *\nextiv@* because *\ismember@* redefines
*\next@* and *\nextii@*.  It helps to define a routine that
makes these tests, and then also sets *\iftest@* to be true
precisely when both of the tests were positive:
\C**
\def\testii@#1{\ismember@\nofrillslist@#1%
 \iftest@\let\nextiii@=T\else\let\nextiii@=F\fi
 \ismember@\overlonglist@#1%
 \iftest@\let\nextiv@=T\else\let\nextiv@=F\fi
 \test@false
 \if\nextiii@ T\if\nextiv@ T\test@true\fi\fi}
**

Then we define *\nopol@@* and *\nosol@@*:
\C**
\def\nopol@@#1{\testii@{#1}%
 \iftest@
  \let\next@=#1%
 \else\def\next@{\if\nextiii@ T\else\nopunct@false\fi
  \if\nextiv@ T\else\overlong@false\fi
  \Err@{\if\nextiii@ T\else\noexpand\nopunct\fi
  \if\nextiv@ T\else\noexpand\overlong\fi 
  can't be used with \string#1}#1}%
 \fi\next@}
"2
\def\nosol@@#1{\testii@{#1}%
 \iftest@\let\next@=#1%
 \else\def\next@{\if\nextiii@ T\else\nospace@false\fi
  \if\nextiv@ T\else\overlong@false\fi
  \Err@{\if\nextiii@ T\else\noexpand\nospace\fi
  \if\nextiv@ T\else\noexpand\overlong\fi 
  can't be used with \string#1}#1}%
\fi\next@}
**

Finally,  *\nopnosol@*---when *\nopunct*, *\nospace*,
and *\overlong* have all appeared---works almost the same:
\C**
\def\nopnosol@#1{\testii@{#1}%
 \iftest@\let\next@=#1%
 \else\def\next@{%
  \if\nextiii@ T\else\nopunct@false\nospace@false\fi
  \if\nextiv@ T\else\overlong@false\fi
  \Err@{%
   \if\nextiii@ T\else\noexpand\nopunct\noexpand\nospace\fi
   \if\nextiv@ T\else\noexpand\overlong\fi
   can't be used with \string#1}#1}%
 \fi\next@}
**


\section{Using the flags}
The additional punctuation
 for constructions that allow *\nopunct@* will be added precisely
when *\ifnopunct@* is false, so 
 we introduce an
abbreviation for that:
\C**
\def\punct@#1{\ifnopunct@\else#1\fi}
**
Similarly, we have
\C**
\def\addspace@#1{\ifnospace@\else#1\fi}
**
for adding the space.

Control sequences that allow *\overlong* are ones that normally might contain
an *\hss*, like
**
\def\centerline#1{\line{\hss#1\hss}}
**
Any such candidates will have the *\hss* replaced by *\hss@*, which is
defined by
\C**
\def\hss@{\ifoverlong@ 0pt plus1000pt minus1000pt
 \else 0pt plus1000pt\fi}
**
So both stretch and shrink will be allowed when *\ifoverlong@* has been set
true, but only stretch will be allowed otherwise.\pagelabel{HSS}



\chapter\CS{demo} \label{Demo}\endchapter
 Since *\demo* is one of the constructions to which
*\nopunct* and *\nospace* should apply, we put it in *\nofrillslist@*:
\C**
\rightadd@\demo\to\nofrillslist@
**

As in \amstex@, we will introduce a new flag,
\C**
\newif\ifclaim@
**
so that  each *\claim* can set  *\ifclaim@* to be true (within the
group that that *\claim* will begin).
Then
*\demo* can give an error message when *\ifclaim@* is true, since we
shouldn't be giving a proof within the statement of a *\claim*. (On the
other hand, *\claim* will not make
a similar check regarding *\demo*, since
we {\it could\/}
 be stating subsidiary *\claim*'s within a *\demo*.
 In fact, the flag
*\ifclaim@* is used only by *\demo*, since virtually anything other than
a *\demo* can come within a *\claim*.)


As we will see in the next chapter, whenever we have started a *\claim*,
or something like *\Thm* that has been constructed using *\newclaim* or
*\shortenclaim*, 
not only will *\ifclaim@* be true, but also *\claimtype@* will be defined
to be *\claim* or *\Thm*, etc. So we can give an error message that
mentions *\claim* when we are in the middle of a general *\claim*, but
will instead state
**
Previous \Thm has no matching \endThm
**
when we are in the middle of a *\Thm* produced with *\newclaim*, 
etc. 
We can do this with
**
\Err@{Previous \expandafter\noexpand\claimtype@ has
 no matching \string\end
 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\eat@\expandafter
 \string\claimtype@}
**
Here (compare
page~\ref{EXNE})\pagelabel{EXNE2}
 the *\expandafter* is expanded in the error message,
so *\claimtype@* is expanded---to *\claim*, *\Thm*, or whatever---%
 before having *\noexpand* placed in front of it, which then prevents
further expansion.
See
{\it The \tex
book}, page~374 
for the triple  *\expandafter*;\pagelabel{tEXA}
 here *\claimtype@* is expanded first,
to *\claim* or *\Thm*, etc., 
then *\string* is applied to this, and then 
 *\eat@* (section~\Sref{AC}) is applied to the result of this
*\string*, thus eating the *\* at the beginning
of the *\string\claim* or *\string\Thm* or whatever. (Finally, see section~
\Sref{SACN} for the spacing after the *\noexpand*'ed control sequence.)

{\advance\litindent-10pt The combination
**
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\eat@\expandafter\string
**
will} occur quite frequently, so we abbreviate it:
\C**
\def\exxx@{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter  "8EXXX"8
  \eat@\expandafter\string}
**

Normally (i.e., when *\ifclaim@* is false),  *\demo#1* will
 end the previous paragraph 
and add a *\smallskip*
(deleting the previous skip if smaller, or using the previous skip instead,
if it is larger).

 Then it will begin a group and
start an unindented paragraph with *#1* in *\smc* (with spaces before
and after *#1* ignored, since they are presumably typing errors); we
use *\noindent@@* for this (Chapter~\ref{EVPAR}).
This will be followed
by a colon, unless *\nopunct@* preceded the demo, 
**
\punct@:
**
and an *\enspace*, unless
 *\nospace* preceded the *\demo*,
**
\addspace@\enspace
**
 Instead of typing a (type~*12*)~*:*, we
will 
\C**
\let\colon@=: "8COLONAT"8
**
and use *\colon@* instead, so that a French style that makes *:*~active 
can change *\colon@* (compare~\Sref{ALF}).  
Moreover, we will use
**
\punct@{\null\colon@} "8NULLPUNCT"8
**
just in case  *#1* happens to end with an upper-case letter (although this
will usually be irrelevant, since an *\enspace*, rather than a space,
follows). 


At this point, after
we have determined whether or not the colon and *\enspace* should be added,
we will  reset
*\ifnopunct@* and *\ifnospace@*
to be false immediately, even though 
*\enddemo* will also do this, just
  to minimize problems if the user forgets 
the *\enddemo*.

Finally, we want to switch 
to *\rm*.  However, we must also be careful to add a
 *\FNSSP@*, in case an invisible construction follows
the *\demo{...}* (this will also throw away any extraneous
space after the *}*).
We can't simply say
**
\def\demo#1{\ifclaim@ ...
 \else 
  . . . 
 \rm\FNSSP@\fi}
**
because *\next* will be *\let* equal to  the *\fi*, rather than to the
next  non-space token
after *\demo{...}*. So instead we have to use the definition
\C**
\def\demo#1{\ifclaim@
"2
  \Err@{Previous \expandafter\noexpand\claimtype@ has 
   no matching \string\end\exxx@\claimtype@}%
  \let\next@=\relax
"2
 \else
  \par
"2
  \ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount 
   \removelastskip\smallskip\fi
"2
  \begingroup
"2
  \noindent@@{\smc\ignorespaces#1\unskip
   \punct@{\null\colon@}\addspace@\enspace}%
"2
  \nopunct@false\nospace@false
  \rm
  \def\next@{\FNSSP@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**

\pagebreak

*\enddemo* simply has to end the current paragraph, supply
 the *\endgroup* to match the
*\begingroup* from *\demo*, reset the flags *\ifnopunct@* and
*\ifnospace@*, 
 and insert 
a *\smallskip*:
\C**
\def\enddemo{\par\endgroup
 \nopunct@false\nospace@false\smallskip}
**


\chapter \CS{claim}'s\endchapter

Now we come to *\claim* and related constructions, one of the more
complicated complexes in \lamstex.

\section{Preliminaries}
First of all, *\claim* is another thing that can follow *\nopunct*, so
we add it to *\nofrillslist@*:
\C**
\rightadd@\claim\to\nofrillslist@
**

The fontstyle for *\claim*'s,
\C**
\def\claim@F{\smc}
**
will be needed right away, but, in fact, we will need something more general. 

In Chapter~\Sref{Demo}, we pointed out that *\claimtype@* will be defined
to be *\claim* when  we have started an ordinary *\claim*, but
*\Thm* when we have started a construction like *\Thm* that has been
constructed with *\newclaim* or *\shortenclaim*.

 Each construction like
*\Thm* will have an associated font style *\Thm@F*@. This can be named 
(see page~\ref{EXSTRING}) as
**
\csname\exstring@\Thm @F\endcsname
**
or, more generally (recall the definition of *\exxx@* on page~\ref{EXXX}),
as
**
\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ F\endcsname
**
Since we often need to refer to this general font style, we introduce the
special construction
\C**
\def\claim@@@F{\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ @F\endcsname}
**
[We use a triple *@@@*, rather than the double *@@* used in
*\list@@F* to emphasize the distinction: *\list@@F* depends on the value
of the counter *\listlevel@*,  the level of a *\list*,
while *\claim@@@F* depends on *\claimtype@*, the name of the
*\claim*.]



Now we can introduce
 *\claimformat@* to indicate the general format of a *\claim*:
\C**
\def\claimformat@#1#2#3{\medbreak
 \noindent@@{\smc#1 {\claim@@@F#2} #3%
  \punct@{\null.}\addspace@\enspace}\sl}
**
(Compare page~\ref{NULLPUNCT} for the `*\null.*'\pagelabel{QW3}
and Chapter~\ref{EVPAR} for the *\noindent@@*.)
Arguments *#1* and *#3*
for
*\claimformat@* are the two arguments that a user types in
**
\claim{...}{...}
**
while argument *#2* is the *\claim* number,
either produced automatically, or
specifically  ``quoted'' after *\claim*.



Section~\Sref{MODC} explains how a style file can modify *\claimformat@* to
deal with  numerous possibilities for formatting different sorts of
*\claim*s in different ways.

\section{\CS{claimformat\@\@}}
Since *\claimformat@* is meant to be easily modified by a style designer,
it omits several messy details: 
\list\item Any extraneous spaces at the beginning and end of arguments
*#1* and *#3* should be removed.
\item If *#3* is empty, or a space
 (which occurs if the user types
*{ }* instead of *{}*),
 then the space before it must be removed.
\item *#2* should be the properly formatted *\claim* number.  Moreover,
if this is empty (because
 the user typed *\claim""""*), then the space before it
 should be removed.
\item A space following the
*\claim{...}{...}* should be ignored; more generally, we need
*\FNSSP@*, in case an invisible construction follows.
\endlist

So instead of using *\claimformat@* directly, we will
use *\claimformat@@*, which calls *\claimformat@* with all these
details added. When we are using
*\claimformat@@*, the control sequence *\thelabel@@* will contain the
properly formatted
 claim number.
\footnote{The formatting of the *\claim* number is specified by
*\claim@S*---it should not be specified directly in *\claimformat@*.} 
 In the definition below, argument *#2* 
corresponds to argument *#3* for *\claimformat@*. Only the 
next-to-last line of
code needs further amplification.
\C**
\def\claimformat@@#1#2{%
 \claimformat@{\ignorespaces#1\unskip}%
"2
 {\ifx\thelabel@@\empty\unskip\else\thelabel@@\fi}%
"2
 {\ignorespaces#2\unskip}%
"2
 \let\Claimformat@@=\claimformat@@
 \FNSSP@}
**
Note that it wasn't necessary to add any special clause for the cases where
*#2* is empty or a space---in either case the space preceding *#2* will
end up being removed. (Section~\Sref{MODC} illustrates how modifications may
be  made to the definition of *\claimformat@*.  In some cases,
*\claimformat@@* might need some  tinkering also.)


To explain the mysterious next-to-last line of code,
 we have to confess to a little white lie.
*\claim*, and all related constructions,
 never actually use *\claimformat@@*. Instead
they use
 *\Claimformat@@*, which we will initially set to be the
same as *\claimformat@@*: 
\C**
\let\Claimformat@@=\claimformat@@
**

This indirect approach has been implemented to deal with
 constructions 
produced with *\newclaim* and *\shortenclaim*.  Suppose, for example,
that we produce *\Thm* with
**
\newclaim\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
**
Roughly speaking, this defines *\Thm* as
**
\def\Thm{ ...
 \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{Theorem}} ...
 \claim }
**
The *\claim* in this definition will call *\Claimformat@@*,  and hence 
**
\claimformat@@{Theorem}
**
 so that the `Theorem' label will automatically
be inserted. Although the final *\endclaim* will return
  *\Claimformat@@* to its original state,
so
 that any subsequent *\claim* will just be using
 *\claimformat@@* (unless it happens
to be called by another construction that redefines *\Claimformat@@*),
we add
**
\let\Claimformat@@=\claimformat@@
**
at this point, just to minimize problems if the user forgets the *\endclaim*.


\section{Further preliminaries}
Although we won't consider all the complications of *\newclaim* until
later, there  are several other aspects that we need to
mention before moving on.

We've already used
*\claimtype@*
to define *\claim@@@F*.
More generally, we will 
\C**
\def\claim@@@P{\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ @P\endcsname}
"2
\def\claim@@@Q{\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ @Q\endcsname}
"2
\def\claim@@@S{\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ @S\endcsname}"8atat"8
"2
\def\claim@@@N{\csname\exxx@\claimtype@ @N\endcsname}
**

The counter has to be treated differently,   however,
for the following reason.  If the user directly types something
like 
**
\claim\c{thm}
**
then the style, numbering style, pre- and post-material for this *\claim*
are just the standard ones. {\it But a new counter must be involved}, 
since such *\claim*'s are to be numbered independently from other
*\claim*'s; this new counter is required even if no *\newclaim*
construction has been used.


To keep track of these different numbering classes, we will introduce
*\claimclass@*
in addition  to *\claimtype@*.
\setbox0\hbox{\<claim class\>}
A *\claim* with a particular ``class'', produced by
**
\claim\c{"copy0}
**
defines *\claimclass@* to be this \<claim class\> (ordinary *\claim*'s,
which are equivalent  to *\claim\c{}*, define *\claimclass@* to be empty).
And  the *\newclaim* construction
**
\newclaim\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
**
makes *\Thm* define *\claimclass@* to be `*thm*' also.


Now, when *\claim\c{thm}* is typed, we will use
**
\claim@Cthm  
**
for the counter.  More generally, we will use
**
\csname claim@C\claimclass@\endcsname
**
(As we will see later, the construction 
**
\newclaim\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
**
creates *\Thm@P*, *\Thm@Q*, etc.,  directly, but it creates
*\Thm@C* 
 indirectly: first
the counter *\claim@Cthm* is created, if it doesn't already exist, and
then *\Thm@C* is made equivalent to this counter.)


Consequently, the counter *\claim@@@C* is simply defined by:
\C**
\def\claim@@@C{\csname claim@C\claimclass@\endcsname}
**

It is the *\claimclass@* of a  construction like *\Thm*, etc., that
determines its numbering.  Consequently, 
**
\newclaim\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\newclaim\Lem\c{lem}{Lemma}
**
produces *\Thm*'s and *\Lem*'s that are numbered independently, while
**
\newclaim\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\newclaim\Lem\c{thm}{Lemma}
**
makes *\Thm*'s  and  *\Lem*'s share the same numbering.



\section{Starting a \CS{claim}}
First we
 introduce the other components of a printed
*\claim* number:
\C**
\newcount\claim@C
\claim@C=0
\let\claim@P=\empty
\let\claim@Q=\empty
\def\claim@S#1{#1\/}
\let\claim@N=\arabic
**
Compare page~\ref{TAGATN} for the `*\let\claim@N=\arabic*'.

*\claim* initializes *\ifclaim@* to be true,
*\claimclass@* to be empty, and *\claimtype@*
 to be *\claim*, and then 
uses a *\futurelet* to see if 
we are ``quoting'' the claim number with a *""* or specifying a
claim class with *\c*:
\C**
\def\claim{\claim@true
 \let\claimclass@=\empty\def\claimtype@{\claim}%
 \futurelet\next\claim@}
**


If *\claim* is followed by *\c*, we will use *\claim@c*, and if it is
followed by~ *""* we will use *\claim@q*,
**
\def\claim@{%
 \ifx\next\c
  \let\next@=\claim@c
 \else
  \ifx\next""%
   \let\next@=\claim@q
  \else
  . . .
**
 Otherwise, we will
use
**
\begingroup
**
to begin a group.
[The definitions of *\claim@c* (section~\Sref{clc}) and *\claim@q* 
(section~\Sref{clq}) will each begin with *\begingroup* also; but we
don't simply put the *\begingroup*
into the definition of *\claim* because, as
we will see later (page~\ref{bsc}), constructions produced by
*\newclaim* or *\shortenclaim* lead us directly to *\claim@c*, without
passing through *\claim*.]

Then we will
advance the *\claim* counter by *1*, 
define
*\thelabel@*, \dots\ in the usual way, and then call
 *\Claimformat@@*. In the following, we can use *\claim@C*, \dots\ rather
than the more general *\claim@@@C*, \dots\ because, as we have just
mentioned, 
 this clause of *\claim@* will only be called directly by
*\claim*, never indirectly by something created by *\newclaim*:
\C**
\def\claim@{%
 \ifx\next\c
  \let\next@=\claim@c
"2
 \else
  \ifx\next""%
   \let\next@=\claim@q
"2
  \else
   \begingroup
   \global\advance\claim@C by 1
"2
   {\noexpands@
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\claim@C}%
    \xdefThelabel@\claim@N
    \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\claim@P\Thelabel@\claim@Q}}%
    \xdefThelabel@@\claim@S
   }%     
   \locallabel@
   \let\next@=\Claimformat@@
  \fi
 \fi
 \next@}
**


\section{Starting a \CS{claim\@c}\label{clc}}
The definition of *\claim@c* begins
**
\def\claim@c\c#1{\claim@true\begingroup
**
so that *\claim@c*  swallows up the succeeding *\c*, sets
*\ifclaim@* to be true,
and then
begins a group. We add
the *\claim@true* even
though this appears in *\claim*, because constructions created by
*\newclaim* and *\shortenclaim* call *\claim@c* directly
(pages~\ref{EEE}~ff. and~\ref{FFF}~ff.). 


Next we have to find out if the counter 
**
\csname claim@C#1\endcsname
**
already exists (which will happen if
 *\claim\c{#1}* has already appeared); this is
easily done with the test
**
\expandafter\ifx\csname claim@C#1\endcsname\relax
**
which is true when the counter hasn't  been defined yet.
If the counter {\it has\/}
 already been defined, we simply advance it by~*1*.
If it hasn't been defined, we create it, with *\newcount@* (compare
page~\ref{NWNW}), 
 and
set it to~*1*.

 Then we define *\claimclass@* to be *#1*, and define
 *\thelabel@*, \dots; in this case, for the
preliminary construction, defining *\Thelabel@*, \dots, we do use  the
more general constructions *\claim@@@C*, \dots (page~\ref{atat});
fortunately, these definitions can all be used within *\xdef*'s.
  Finally, we need a 
*\futurelet* to see if our 
 *\claim@c\c{...}* is followed by a quoted number *""...""*, which can
happen when *\claim@c* is called by a construction created by *\newclaim*
or *\shortenclaim*. We have to allow the possibility that a space might
intervene between the *\c{...}* and a *""*, so we use *\FNSS@*
(section~\Sref{FIX}): 
\C**
\def\claim@c\c#1{\claim@true
 \begingroup
"2
 \expandafter\ifx\csname claim@C#1\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\newcount@\csname claim@C#1\endcsname
  \global\csname claim@C#1\endcsname=1
"2
 \else
  \global\advance\csname claim@C#1\endcsname by 1
 \fi
"2
 \def\claimclass@{#1}%
"2
 {\noexpands@
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\claim@@@C}%
  \xdefThelabel@\claim@@@N
"2
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\claim@@@P\Thelabel@\claim@@@Q}}%
  \xdefThelabel@@\claim@@@S
 }%
 \locallabel@
 \FNSS@\claim@c@}
**

We're not really done with *\claim@c* yet,
but  we will  return to *\claim@c@* in a moment.

\section{Starting a \CS{claim\@q}\label{clq}}
For
our definition of *\claim@q* 
 we use *\Qlabel@*
from section~\Sref{maketag} for defining *\thelabel@*, \dots,
and we add a
 *\FNSS@*,
since we have to see whether our *\claim@q* is followed by *\c{...}*
(possibly after a space):
\C**
\def\claim@q""#1""{\begingroup
 {\let\pre=\claim@@@P \let\post=\claim@@@Q
 \let\style=\claim@@@S \let\numstyle=\claim@@@N
 \noexpands@
 \Qlabel@{#1}}%       "8CLAIMQ"8
 \locallabel@
 \FNSS@\claim@q@}
**
Unlike the situations  for *\maketag@* and *\item@*, we are not yet
 ready to
actually typeset the quoted *\claim* number; however, the number that we
want to typeset has been safely stored in *\thelabel@@*, which eventually
finds its way into *\claimformat@@*.

In regard to the *\let\pre=\claim@@@P*, \dots, compare page~\ref{ADEQ}.


\section{Finishing off} Let's return to *\claim@c*, which ended with
**
\FNSS@\claim@c@
**
Here *\claim@c@*  must check to see whether *\next* is
*""*. 
If *\next* is not *""*, we just call *\Claimformat@@*.
If *\next* is *""*, we will call yet another
routine *\claim@cq*.  But we will also have to make an adjustment:
Remember that *\claim@c* has already increased the appropriate counter
*\csname claim@C\claimclass@\endcsname* by 1. If *\claim@c@* finds
a *""* next, so that the claim number is actually being quoted, then
it must counteract this change:
\C**
\def\claim@c@{\ifx\next""%
 \global\advance\claim@@@C by -1
  \let\next@=\claim@cq
 \else\let\next@=\Claimformat@@
 \fi
\next@}
**

The definition of *\claim@cq* is now fairly straightforward, using only
devices already encountered; instead of *\Claimformat@@* at the end,
we use  *\FNSS@\Claimformat@@*, just to get rid of a possible space
following the second *""*: 
\C**
\def\claim@cq""#1""{{\let\pre=\claim@@@P \let\post=\claim@@@Q
 \let\style=\claim@@@S \let\numstyle=\claim@@@N
 \noexpands@
 \Qlabel@{#1}}%
 \locallabel@
 \FNSS@\Claimformat@@}
**



Similarly, our definition of *\claim@q* ended with 
**
\FNSS@\claim@q@
**
where *\claim@q@* can simply be defined by
\C**
\def\claim@q@{\ifx\next\c\expandafter\claim@qc
 \else\expandafter\Claimformat@@\fi}
**
(the ``K-method'' again, see section~\Sref{K}).

We reach *\claim@qc* only when we have the combination
**
\claim""...""\c{...}
**
(never   via a construction that
has been created with *\newclaim*),
which is actually pretty unlikely, since there's not much point indicating
the class of a *\claim* if the number is being quoted (unless different
classes of *\claim*'s are going to be formatted differently, in which case
the style designer has presumably already used *\newclaim* to introduce
a new name), 
 but we might as well carry it through.

Before calling *\Claimformat@@*, we just have to
use the *\c{...}* part to define *\claimclass@*, 
 and, just in case this particular class
*\c{...}* of *\claim*'s has never been used before, 
 create the new counter `*\claim@...*', if necessary, 
and set it to~*0* (not to~*1*,
as in *\claim@c*, since the counter isn't going to be used now). And
finally, we must again use
*\FNSS@\Claimformat@@* to skip over any space after the *\c{...}*:
\C**
\def\claim@qc\c#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname claim@C#1\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\newcount@\csname claim@C#1\endcsname
  \global\csname claim@C#1\endcsname=0 \fi
 \FNSS@\Claimformat@@}
**


\section{\CS{endclaim}}
Finally, *\endclaim* simply ends the group begun by *\claim* (or
*\claim@c* if called by something created by *\newclaim* or
*\shortenclaim*),
 sets *\ifclaim@* and *\ifnopunct@* to be
false, resets *\Claimformat@@* to be *\claimformat@@*,
and adds a *\medbreak*.
\C**
\def\endclaim{\endgroup\claim@false
 \nopunct@false\nospace@false
 \let\Claimformat@@=\claimformat@@\medbreak}
**


\section{\CS{newclaim}}
To finish off the entire *\claim* complex, we have to define
*\newclaim* and *\shortenclaim*.

 *\newclaim* allows *\claimclause* as optional syntax, and we
do the standard thing to prevent its being used at inappropriate times
(see section~\Sref{K}):
\C**
\Invalid@\claimclause
**

*\newclaim* itself will require a *\futurelet* to see if *\claimclause*
comes next:
\C**
\def\newclaim{\futurelet\next\newclaim@}
**
 If *\claimclause* does come next,
 we will swallow the *\claimclause* and incorporate
the following argument into
**
\newclaim@@{#1}
** 
otherwise, the result will be the same as if we had typed
**
\newclaim\claimclause\relax
**
so we will simply call *\newclaim@@\relax* directly:
\C**
\def\newclaim@{\ifx\next\claimclause
 \def\next@\claimclause##1{\newclaim@@{##1}}\else
 \def\next@{\newclaim@@\relax}\fi\next@}
**
Thus, we have reduced everything to the definition of *\newclaim@@*.


Several aspects of *\newclaim@@* are included for eventual use by 
the\linebreak
*\shortenclaim* construction.
For example, something like
**
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm
**
should  be allowed only if *\Thm* has already been  created with
*\newclaim*; for this reason, we are going to keep a list, *\claimlist@*,
of all such possibilities, and we initialize it as:
\C**
\def\claimlist@{\\\claim}
**
We will also need two new token lists,
\C**
\newtoks\claim@i
\newtoks\claim@v
**
and, as we'll see, one other auxiliary control sequence is going to be
defined in the process of defining *\newclaim@@*.  Finally, there will be a
situation where we {\it don't\/}  want the *\claimclause* to be inserted,
even if it has been specified.  For this purpose, we initially
\C**
\let\noclaimclause@=F
** 
In the special case where we want
to suppress the claim clause, we will *\let\noclaimclause@=T* (this
happens  only once, and is more efficient than declaring
*\ifnoclaimclause@*, which actually creates three control sequence names).
\pagelabel{EFFL}

\medskip

If \<*" *\> denotes an optional space, then 
 *\newclaim* will appear in something of the form
\setbox0\hbox{*\newclaim \claimclause {*\<claim clause\>*}*\<*" *\>%
 *\Thm \c{thm}*\<*" *\>*{Theorem}*}
$$\overfullrule=0pt\box0$$
so
*\newclaim@@* will appear in something of the form
\setbox0\hbox{*\newclaim@@ {*\<claim clause\>*}*\<*" *\>%
 *\Thm \c{thm}*\<*" *\>*{Theorem}*}
$$\box0\tag"({\bf A})"$$

Our definition of *\newclaim@@* will be of the form
**
\def\newclaim@@#1#2#3\c#4#5{ . . .
**
In case ({\bf A}), argument *#1* will be  \<claim clause\>
(which may be empty),
argument *#2* will be `*\Thm*', and argument *#3* will 
be empty. In fact, argument *#3* will {\it always\/} be empty, but by
adding the *#3* before the *\c* 
we make argument *#2* an undelimited argument, and
consequently
  argument *#2* will simply be
`*\Thm*' even in the situation where the space occurs,
**
\newclaim@@{...}" \Thm\c{thm}
**
Similarly 
argument *#4* will be
`*thm*',
 and argument *#5* will be `*Theorem*' (even if a space precedes
`*{Theorem}*', since *#5* is an undelimited argument).


The definition of *\newclaim@@* begins
**
\def\newclaim@@#1#2#3\c#4#5{\define#2{}%
 \rightadd@#2\to\claimlist@\rightadd@#2\to\nofrillslist@
**

Illustrating with case ({\bf A}) again,
the
*\define\Thm{}* is inserted simply to allow *\define* to give an error
message if *\Thm* is already defined---for in that case
we certainly don't want 
*\Thm* to be given another meaning by *\newclaim*.
Then we add *\Thm* to *\claimlist@*, for use by *\shortenclaim*, as
explained above, and
to *\nofrillslist@*, since
we will want *\nopunct\Thm* to be allowed.

Next we have to create default values for *\Thm@P*, *\Thm@Q*,
 *\Thm@S*, *\Thm@N*,
 *\Thm@F*,
which will simply be the default values for
*\claim@P*, \dots:
**
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@P\endcsname{\claim@P}
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@Q\endcsname{\claim@Q}
"2
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname{\claim@S}
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@N\endcsname{\claim@N}
"2
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@F\endcsname{\claim@F}
**
Notice that we use *\def*, rather than *\let*,
so that when *\newclaim\Thm* is used, *\Thm@P*, \dots\ will be
assigned the current values of *\claim@P*, \dots. These
may have been modified by some
**
\newpre\claim
\newpost\claim
\newstyle\claim
\newnumstyle\claim
\newfontstyle\claim
**
That 
was done because style files may quite well define *\claim@P* to be
something like 
\setbox0\hbox{\<chapter number\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<section number\>}
**
"box0."box1.
**
 and we would presumably
want such a numbering scheme to be carried through for our *\Thm*. 

[A *\newpost* will usually be made only locally, so that *\claim@Q*
probably won't change, except for individual *\claim*'s. As for
*\claim@S* and *\claim@N*, if the user changes them, presumably the
change should be brought along also for *\Thm*. 
One could always change some of this code, to
**
\expandafter\let\csname\exstring@\Thm@S\endcsname=\claim@S
**
for example, if this doesn't seem like the best arrangement.]

We also make *\endThm* mean *\endclaim*:
**
\expandafter\def\csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname{\endclaim}
**


The counter *\claim@Cthm* may already exist (because of a previous\linebreak
*\claim\c{thm}*); if not, we must create it, with *\newcount@* (again, 
see page~\ref{NWNW}), 
 and,
for safety's sake, initialize it to~*0*:
**
\expandafter\ifx\csname claim@C#4\endcsname\relax
 \expandafter\newcount@\csname claim@C#4\endcsname
 \global\csname claim@C#4\endcsname=0 \fi
**

Then we have to *\let\Thm@C=\claim@Cthm*, which is accomplished by the
  code
**
\edef\next@{\let
 \csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname
 =\csname claim@C#4\endcsname\endcsname}
\next@
**
Here the first *\csname...\endcsname* will be expanded to *\Thm@C*, which
will be made equivalent to *\relax*, since *\Thm@C* isn't already
defined; on the other hand, the second *\csname...\endcsname* will expand to
*\claim@Cthm*, which has been created with *\newcount@*, and  hence with
a *\countdef*; such control sequences aren't expanded further in an
*\edef* (compare page~\ref{CHARDEFNE}).\pagelabel{CDNE}


After all this, we will want to  define *\Thm*:
**
\def#2{ . . . 
 \def\claimtype@{#2}%
 \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{#5}}\claim@c\c{#4}}}
**
Thus, *\Thm* will not call *\claim* directly, but instead call
**
\claim@c\c{thm}  "8EEE"8
**
This is where *\claim\c{thm}* usually gets us.\pagelabel{bsc}
  The difference is that
we first take the opportunity to define *\Claimformat@@* 
as
**
\claimformat@@{Theorem}
**
so that the argument `*Theorem*' is automatically supplied, and
 we also take the opportunity to
**
\def\claimtype@{\Thm}
**

In addition, for the sake of *\shortenclaim*  we want to add
**
 \global\claim@i={#1}\gdef\claim@iv{#4}\global\claim@v={#5}
**
In situation ({\bf A}), *\Thm* will thus store
the \<claim clause\>  in the token list *\claim@i*,
the class `*thm*' in *\claim@iv*, and `*Theorem*'
 in the token list
*\claim@v*:\pagelabel{ATE}
**
\def#2{ . . .  
 \global\claim@i={#1}\gdef\claim@iv{#4}\global\claim@v={#5}
 \def\claimtype@{#2}%
 \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{#5}}\claim@c\c{#4}}}
**
In the next section we will see why we need *\global* assignments.

Finally, we want the claim clause, argument *#1*, to be executed, except
in the special case where we have *\let\noclaimclause@=T*:
**
\def#1{\ifx\noclaimclause@ T\else#1\fi
 \global\claim@i={#1}\gdef\claim@iv{#4}\global\claim@v={#5}
 \def\claimtype@{#2}%
 \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{#5}}\claim@c\c{#4}}}
**

So the full definition of *\newclaim@@* reads:
\C**
\def\newclaim@@#1#2#3\c#4#5{\define#2{}%
 \rightadd@#2\to\claimlist@\rightadd@#2\to\nofrillslist@%
"2
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@P\endcsname{\claim@P}%
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@Q\endcsname{\claim@Q}%
"2
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname{\claim@S}%
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@N\endcsname{\claim@N}%
"2
 \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@F\endcsname{\claim@F}%
 \expandafter\def\csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname{\endclaim}%
"2
 \expandafter\ifx\csname claim@C#4\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\newcount@\csname claim@C#4\endcsname
  \global\csname claim@C#4\endcsname=0 \fi
"2
 \edef\next@{\let
  \csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname
  =\csname claim@C#4\endcsname}%
 \next@
"2
 \def#2{\ifx\noclaimclause@ T\else#1\fi
  \global\claim@i{#1}\gdef\claim@iv{#4}\global\claim@v{#5}%
  \def\claimtype@{#2}%
  \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{#5}}\claim@c\c{#4}}}
**

\small We *\def\endThm{\endclaim}* rather
 *\let\endThm=\endclaim* for situations where
 a style file changes *\endclaim*, and also uses
*\newclaim* to create special claims, like *\Thm*. If we used *\let*,
then the *\newclaim\Thm*
{\it would have to
 come after\/} the redefinition of *\endclaim*, or *\endThm*
would have the wrong meaning. 

On the other hand, even if *\endclaim* isn't changed, but the particular
case of *\endThm* is supposed to be different (leaving extra space perhaps, or
possibly even something more extreme, like an *\hrule* across the page),
then one might have to 
\setbox0\hbox{\<special formatting after *\Thm*\>}
**
\redefine\endThm{\endgroup\claim@false\nopunct@false
  "box0}
**

But special formatting at the beginning of *\Thm* should be handled
as in the case of *\Conj* in section~\Sref{MODC}.
\endsmall


\section{\CS{shortenclaim}}
Finally, we come to *\shortenclaim#1#2*, a typical usage of which is
**
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm
**

The first thing *\shortenclaim* will do, when called this way, is 
**
\define\thm{}
**
 to get an error message if *\thm* is already defined.

Next, *\shortenclaim* will try the test
**
\ismember@\claimlist@\Thm
**
If  this is false, we will just give an error message
**
\Thm not yet created by \newclaim.
**

Otherwise, we will
first add *\thm* to *\nofrillslist@*, and then
make *\thm@S* be  *\Thm@S*, etc:
**
\rightadd@#2\to\nofrillslist@
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname
  {\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname}
 . . .
**
(The \lamstex\ Manual incorrectly
implies, on page~45, that *\thm@S*, etc.,
 will actually
be *\claim@S*, etc., on the grounds that these constructions for
*\Thm* might be changed later on.  That would indeed be a problem if we
used *\let* instead of *\def*, but with the *\def*, any use of
*\newstyle\Thm*, etc., will automatically carry over to *\thm*.  
A problem arises only  if something like *\newstyle\thm* is ever used;
in that case, any succeeding *\newstyle\Thm*'s will no longer carry over
to *\thm*.)


Then, as with *\newclaim*, we must make *\endthm* mean
*\endclaim*, and let *\thm@C* be *\Thm@C*.

Finally, *\shortenclaim* will have to define *\thm*. The problem now
is that we would like to
\setbox0\hbox{\<claim clause\>}
**
\def\thm{"box0
 \def\claimtype@{\thm}%
 \def\Claimformat@@{\claimformat@@{Theorem}{}}%
 \claim@c\c{thm}} "8FFF"8
**
where \<claim clause\> is the claim clause for *\Thm*.  

So we need
a way of getting this \<claim clause\>, as well as the `*thm*' and
`*Theorem*' that actually go with *\Thm*. The strategy for this
is to set a box
\Litbox0=**
\setbox0=\vbox{\Thm""""\relax\endgroup}
**
$$\box0 \tag"\style{\bf A}"$$
because the globally defined token list
*\claim@i* will then contain our desired \<claim clause\>,
*\claim@iv* will be defined to be `*thm*', and the token list
*\claim@v* will contain `*Theorem*'.  We use an empty label *""""* for
the *\Thm* so that the counter won't be increased, and instead of
*\endThm*, 
we just use *\endgroup*, since the other parts of *\endThm*
will be irrelevant in this situation.


Once we have recovered these quantities, we will be in a position to
globally *\def\thm*, but again we will need a somewhat indirect route:
**
\xdef#2{\the\claim@i
 \def\noexpand\claimtype@{\noexpand#2}%
 \def\noexpand\Claimformat@@
  {\noexpand\claimformat@@{\the\claim@v}{}}%
 \noexpand\claim@c\noexpand\c{\claim@iv}}
**
This works as before, noting that for a token list like *\claim@i*, the
expansion of *\the\claim@i* is simply that token list.
(We need token lists to store the \<claim clause\> and the part of the
*\claim*  exemplified by `*Theorem*' because both of these might
contain control sequences, which should  remain unexpanded in the *\xdef*;
on the other hand, the claim class, like a \<label\>, is not supposed to have
expandable tokens in it.)

But there is still
one little fillip that  we need to add: Instead of ({\bf A}),
we really want to use
**
\setbox0=\vbox{\let\noclaimclause@=T
 \Thm""""\relax\endgroup}
**
To see why, imagine a situation (compare section~\Sref{MODC}), where we have
**
\newclaim\Cor\c{cor}{Corollary}
\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm
**
so that each *\Thm* and *\thm*
resets the numbering of *\Cor*'s to~*1*.
If we were to declare these in a different order,
**
\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm
\newclaim\Cor\c{cor}{Corollary}
**
then the *\shortenclaim\Thm\thm* will cause us to
**
\setbox0=\vbox{\Thm""""\relax\endgroup}
**
and if
 the \<claim clause\> *\Reset\Cor1* were executed, we would get an error
message, since *\Cor* hasn't been created yet!
So we add the
**
\let\noclaimclause@=T
**
which prevents the \<claim clause\> from being executed.

Summing up, the definition of *\shortenclaim* reads:
\C**
\def\shortenclaim#1#2{\define#2{}%
 \ismember@\claimlist@#1%
"2
 \iftest@
  \rightadd@#2\nofrillslist@%
"2
  \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname
   {\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname}%
"2
  \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@N\endcsname
   {\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname}%
"2
  \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@P\endcsname
   {\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname}%
"2
  \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@Q\endcsname
   {\csname\exstring@#1@Q\endcsname}%
"2
  \expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#2@F\endcsname
    {\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname}%
"2
  \expandafter\def
   \csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname{\endclaim}%
"2
  \edef\next@{\let
   \csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname
   =\csname claim\exstring@#1@C\endcsname}%
  \next@
"2
  \setbox0=\vbox{\let\noclaimclause@=T#1""""\relax\endgroup}%
"2
  \edef#2{\the\claim@i
   \def\noexpand\claimtype@{\noexpand#2}%
   \def\noexpand\Claimformat@@
    {\noexpand\claimformat@@{\the\claim@v}\relax}%
   \noexpand\claim@c\noexpand\c{\claim@iv}}%
"2
 \else
  \Err@{\string#1 not yet created by \string\newclaim}%
 \fi}
**


{

\catcode`\@=11



\def\claimformat@#1#2#3{\medbreak\noindent
\classtest@{conj}\iftest@\llap{\cmbf?\hskip5pt}\fi
 {\smc#1 {\claim@@@F#2} #3\punct@.\addspace@\enspace}%
 \typetest@\Defn\iftest@\cmtenrm
 \else\typetest@\defn\iftest@\cmtenrm\else\cmtensl\fi\fi}

\def\claim@F{\cmbf}

\catcode`\@=\active

\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm

\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Lem\c{thm}{Lemma}
\shortenclaim\Lem\lem

\newclaim\Cor\c{cor}{Corollary}
\shortenclaim\Cor\cor

\newclaim\Defn\c{thm}{Definition}
\shortenclaim\Defn\defn

\newclaim\Conj\c{conj}{Conjecture}
\shortenclaim\Conj\conj

\newnumstyle\Conj\Alph


\section{Customizing \CS{claim}'s\label{MODC}}
To assist in printing different sorts of *\claim*'s  in different  ways,
\lamstex\ provides two tests, 
\C**
\def\classtest@#1{\def\next@{#1}%
 \ifx\next@\claimclass@\test@true\else\test@false\fi}
\def\typetest@#1{\def\next@{#1}%
 \ifx\next@\claimtype@\test@true\else\test@false\fi}
**
Thus, for example,  *\classtest@{thm}* will set *\iftest@* to be true
 precisely
when *\claimclass@* is `*thm*', and *\typetest@\Thm* 
will set *\iftest@* to be true precisely when *\claimtype@* is *\Thm*.

To see how  these are used, let us  suppose that we want our Theorems,
Lemmas, Corollaries, Definitions and  Conjectures to be printed as follows
(temporarily  switching to Computer Modern fonts):

\Reset\Thm6

\lem  If $n$ is odd, then $n^2$ is odd; and if $n$ is even, then
$n^2$ is even.\pagelabel{SAMP}\endlem

\Cor{(Converse)} If $n^2$ is odd, then $n$ is odd; and if $n^2$ is
even, then $n$ is even.\endCor

\Thm{(Pythagoras)}  $\sqrt2$ is irrational.\endThm

\defn An integer  $x$ is a {\cmtenit perfect square\/}
 if $x=y^2$ for some integer $y$.
\enddefn

\conj If $x$ is not a perfect square, then $\sqrt x$ is irrational.\endconj

Thus, Theorems, Lemmas, and Definitions are all numbered together, but
Corollaries begin at 1 after each Theorem or Lemma.  In addition, Definitions
are in *\rm* type.  Finally, Conjectures are numbered completely
independently, as A, B, C, \dots, and they have a {\cmbf?} in the margin.

To set things  up, we first use
**
\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Thm\c{thm}{Theorem}
\shortenclaim\Thm\thm
"slip
\newclaim\claimclause{\Reset\Cor1}\Lem\c{thm}{Lemma}
\shortenclaim\Lem\lem
"slip
\newclaim\Cor\c{cor}{Corollary}
\shortenclaim\Cor\cor
"slip
\newclaim\Defn\c{thm}{Definition}
\shortenclaim\Defn\defn
"slip
\newclaim\Conj\c{conj}{Conjecture}
\shortenclaim\Conj\conj
\newnumstyle\Conj\Alph
**

Since *\Thm*, *\Lem* and  *\Defn* all have the same claim class
`*thm*', they  will be numbered together (and the numbering for *\thm*,
*\lem*, and *\defn* follow those for *\Thm*, *\Lem*, and *\Defn*,
respectively).  
 The *\claimclause*'s in
the *\newclaim*'s for *\Thm* and *\Lem* ensure that Corollary numbers
start at  1 after each one; these claim clauses  carry over to *\thm* and
*\lem*.

Finally, we just have to redefine *\claimformat@*  as follows:
**
\catcode`\@=11
"slip
\def\claimformat@#1#2#3{\medbreak\noindent@@
 \classtest@{conj}\iftest@\llap{\bf?\hskip5pt}\fi
"2
 {\smc#1 {\claim@@@F#2} #3\punct@{\null.}\addspace@\enspace}%
 \typetest@\Defn
 \iftest@\rm
 \else
 \typetest@\defn
 \iftest@\rm
 \else\sl\fi\fi}
"slip
\catcode`\@=\active
**

Then the output on page~\ref{SAMP} will be produced by
**
\lem  If $n$ is odd, ... \endlem

\Cor {(Converse)} If $n^2$ is odd ... \endCor

\Thm{(Pythagoras)}  $\sqrt2$ is irrational.\endThm

\defn An integer $x$ is a perfect square ... \enddefn

\conj If $x$ is not a perfect square, ... \endconj
**

 
} % matches { before previous \section

\chapter Heading levels\label{HLS}\endchapter

The ``heading levels''
 *\HL* and *\hl* exhibit a strange mixture of the features of
 *\list* and *\claim*. They have levels, like *\list*, but these levels
indicate separate entities, rather than parts of a single construction.
And we can create new names, like
*\chapter* and *\section* for, say, *\HL1* and *\hl1*,  but this is somewhat
different than creating new *\claim*'s with *\newclaim*, because *\chapter*
is essentially just a synonym for *\HL1*, rather than a new class of heading
levels. 

Moreover, heading levels introduce yet
another complication, since they are constructions
that get written to the table of contents file, which we need to consider
first. 

\section{The {\tt.toc} file}
In  version *1* of \lamstex@, headings  were written to the
*.toc* file, while the corresponding page numbers were written to a separate
*.tpg* file.
Now, however, the page numbers are written together with the headings in the
 *.toc* file.

On the other hand, *\island*'s, and their page numbers, will be written to a
separate file, which I can't resisting calling the *.tic* file, even though
it's not really a proper acronym.\pagelabel{TICFILE}
 Corresponding to *\indexfile*
(page~\ref{INDEXFILE}), we have
\C**
\newif\iftoc@
\def\tocfile{\iftoc@\else
 \alloc@@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n\toc@ "8ZYX"8
 \immediate\openout\toc@=\jobname.toc
 \alloc@@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n\tic@
 \immediate\openout\tic@=\jobname.tic
 \global\toc@true\fi}
**


\section{Preliminaries}
To begin with, we want to add *\hl* to *\nofrillslist@*:
\C**
\rightadd@\hl\to\nofrillslist@
**

We don't need to add *\HL* to *\nofrillslist@*, since these heading levels
don't have any punctuation in the default style (compare the small print
section on page~\ref{NOFC}).  But *\HL*
can be preceded
by *\overlong*, so we need to
\C**
\rightadd@\HL\to\overlonglist@
**


\section{Different levels of \CS{HL}}
Just as the *\list* construction used *\listlevel@* to keep track of the
*\list* level, we will use *\HLlevel@* to keep track of the *\HL*
level. But *\listlevel@* was a counter, whereas *\HLlevel@* will simply be
a control sequence that will be defined to have the proper value.
\footnote{This has the advantage that in various *\edef*'s, *\csname ...
\endcsname*'s, etc., we
 can use *\HLlevel@*
alone instead of *\number\HLlevel@*. On the other hand,
it was a little more efficient
to have *\listlevel@* be a counter, since at one point we 
*\advance\listlevel@*.}

Analogous to *\list@@C*, \dots, we have
\C**
\def\HL@@C{\csname HL@C\HLlevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@P{\csname HL@P\HLlevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@Q{\csname HL@Q\HLlevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@S{\csname HL@S\HLlevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@N{\csname HL@N\HLlevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@F{\csname HL@F\HLlevel@\endcsname}
**

In addition, as with *\claim*, we will have *\HLtype@*, which will be
defined
to be *\chapter*  when we are using *\chapter* instead of *\HL1*, etc.
However, *\HL* itself will simply 
*\let\HLtype@=\relax*.

Corresponding  to *\claim@@@C*, etc., we define
\C**
\def\HL@@@C{\csname\exxx@\HLtype@ @C\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@@P{\csname\exxx@\HLtype@ @P\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@@Q{\csname\exxx@\HLtype@ @Q\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@@S{\csname\exxx@\HLtype@ @S\endcsname}
"2
\def\HL@@@N{\csname\exxx@\HLtype@ @N\endcsname}
**
all of which will only be used when *\HLtype@* is not *\relax*;
*\HL@@@F* won't be needed at all.

\section{The \CS{HL} construction\label{HLC}}
Roughly speaking, *\HL1* will translate to
`*\HL@1*' and *\HL2* will
translate to `*\HL@2*', \dots, while an error message will be given
if the corresponding control sequence `*\HL@*{\it n\/}' does not exist.
The default style defines `*\HL@1*' (section~\Sref{CHL}), and it is up to
other style files to define any further such constructions.
We use quotation marks around *\HL@*\,{\it n\/} as before (see
page~\ref{QTS4}). 


Assuming that *\HL#1* can be used, we will not call `*\HL@#1*'
 directly, but
instead store *#1* in *\HLlevel@* and  call *\HL@*, where
*\HL@* will then take care of calling `*\HL@*\,{\it n}' where {\it n\/}
is the value *\HLlevel@*.
 We do this
so that something like *\chapter* can simply define *\HLlevel@* to be
~*1* and then call *\HL@* directly.

Actually, *\HL#1* will call *\FNSS@\HL@*, because we need to
see if a quoted *\HL* number *""...""* follows, and 
we also have to skip over any 
space between the argument *#1* of *\HL#1* and the next token;
 moreover, we will 
define *\HLname@* to be *\HL{#1}*, for use when writing to the *.toc*
file (section~\Sref{WTOC}), and we initialize *\HLtype@* to be *\relax*:
\C**
\def\HL#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname HL@C#1\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\HL#1 not defined in this style}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{\gdef\HLlevel@{#1}\def\HLname@{\HL{#1}}%
   \let\HLtype@=\relax\FNSS@\HL@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**
We use a *\gdef\HLlevel@* just in case *\HL* happens to be used within a
group, because the value of *\HLlevel* might be of interest after  the
*\HL* has  been  printed (compare section~\Sref{HLLEV}).



The action of *\HL@* will depend on whether a *""* follows next, so
 *\HL@* will essentially be defined as
**
\def\HL@{%
 \def\next@""##1""##2\endHL{...}
 \def\nextii@##1\endHL{...}
 \ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi}
**
Both *\next@* and *\nextii@* will be calling
**
\csname HL@\HLlevel@\endcsname##1\endHL
**
where things like
**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@1\endcsname#1\endHL{...}
\expandafter\def\csname HL@2\endcsname#1\endHL{...}
**
are the basic data that a style file will provide.

\medskip
{\bf(1) }%
*\next@* first stores *##2* in *\entry@*, for eventually writing to the
*.toc* file.
**
\def\next@""##1""##2\endHL{\def\entry@{##2} . . .
**
Then
 *\next@* must create
*\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@*. The preliminary
step
**
\let\pre=... \let\post=...
**
must be divided into
two cases, depending on whether we are  using an ordinary *\HL*\<number\>, 
so that  *\HLtype@* is *\relax*, or a substituted name, like
*\chapter*, in which case *\HLtype@* will  be defined to be *\chapter*:
**
\ifx\HLtype@\relax
 \let\pre=\HL@@P \let\post=\HL@@Q
 \let\style=\HL@@S  \let\numstyle=\HL@@N
\else
 \let\pre=\HL@@@P \let\post=\HL@@@Q
 \let\style=\HL@@@S \let\numstyle=\HL@@@N
\fi
\Qlabel@{##1}
**
Note that this  would be much harder to state if  we hadn't introduced
*\HL@@@P*, \dots, and compare page~\ref{ADEQ}.


After defining *\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@*, 
we  will want to store  the value of 
*\Thelabel@@@@*
in
*\Thepref@*.\pagelabel{STORETP} The  reason for this is that after  the 
appropriate
\setbox0\hbox{`*\HL*\<number\>'}
**
"box0 ... \endHL
**
construction, we may perform other steps using the value of
 *\Thelabel@@@@*, and it is possible  (though
unlikely) that the *\HL..."allowbreak\endHL* 
construction contains some other
construction allowing \<label\>'s, which would then create new values
for *\Thelabel@@@@*.\pagelabel{PTU}
\footnote{*\footnote*  is really the only plausible candidate for this,
aside from user-constructed counters.
(*\tag* might seem like a candidate, except  that  displayed formulas
aren't allowed in headings; actually they can easily be simulated by
setting *$\dsize...$*  on a separate line, but it would be quite strange to
expect  such a formula to have a  *\tag* over at the margin).}

But this is one other detail that we need to worry about, 
in connection with writing
information to the *.toc* file (section~\Sref{WTOC}). Normally, we will be
using *\Thelabel@@@@@* for the properly formatted heading number that we will
write to the *.toc* file.  Thus, we will be writing the number, together with
any pre- and post- material, but without extra formatting determined by the
style, so that we can use a different formatting style in the Contents
if we desire.
For example, in the text we might print *\hl1* numbers as `\Ssymbol1',
`\Ssymbol2', \dots\ (compare the small print section on page~\ref{NOFC}),
but we want the option of including or omitting the \Ssymbol\ in the Contents.

If we do decide to print the \Ssymbol\ in the Contents, then we will have a
bit of quandary when we are dealing with a ``quoted'' number, like
**
\HL1 ""B"" ... \endHL
**
In this case, the printed number will appear as `B' rather than
`\Ssymbol B', so it should presumably also appear that way in the contents;
on the other hand, *""\style B""* would appear as `\Ssymbol B', so should
continue to appear that way in the Contents.

What this means is that quoted numbers {\it should also appear quoted
in the *.toc* file}, and that any occurrence of *\style* in a quoted
number {\it should also appear in the *.toc* file}, although occurrences
of *\pre* and *\post* should simply be expanded out to their proper values.

(This is admittedly a rather piddling point; compare the small print section
on page~\ref{PIDD}.)


To handle this, we  introduce a new flag
\C**
\newif\ifquoted@
**
which we will set true right after defining *\entry@*,
and after the\linebreak *\Qlabel@{##1}* we will add
**
\let\style=\relax\xdef\Qlabel@@@@@{##1}
**
so that *\style* will remain unexpanded in *\Qlabel@@@@*; on the other
hand, *\nextii@* will set *\ifquoted@* to be false
and won't define
*\Qlabel@@@@*.



After all this, we use
**
\csname HL\HLlevel@\endcsname##2\endHL
**
to actual typeset the heading.

[We use *##2* explicitly, rather than *\entry@*, because certain style
files, like the *book* style, store the argument of `*\HL@1*'*...\endHL*
for use in running heads. In such cases, we want to store the actual heading
 that was originally typed, not simply *\entry@*, since *\entry@* may
have changed its meaning by the time the running head is typeset.]

Then
we will use
**
\csname HL@I\HLlevel@\endcsname
**
to perform the  proper ``initializations'', determined by the style file.
For example, the default style file will basically make `*\HL@I1*'  
mean
**
\Reset\hl1{1}
\newpre\hl1{\Thepref@.}
**
(recall [page~\ref{STORETP}] that *\Thepref@* holds the value of
*Thelabel@@@@*),
so that 
in the first  *\HL1*, the *\hl1* numbers will be 1.1, 1.2, \dots;  in
the second *\HL1*,  they will be 2.1, 2.2, \dots; etc. As we will see
in Chapter~\ref{acces}, a *\newpre* will essentially do an  *\edef*, so
that  the current value of
*\Thepref@* will be stored in the pre-material for  *\hl1*.
\pagelabel{NEWPREDEF} 

And after that  we will use
\setbox0\hbox{`*\HL@J1*'}
**
\csname HL@J\HLlevel@\endcsname
**
to perform ``initializations'' prescribed by the user, via *\Initialize*
(section~\Sref{ATEVERY}); as we will see  in  section~\Sref{EVERY}, 
*\Initialize*
simply defines  things  like `*\HL@J1*'.

Before performing these two routines we will 
**
\let\pref=\Thepref@
**
so that any *\pref*  that  the  user places in
an *\Initialize* will be interpreted properly (this even allows the style file
designer to use *\pref* in defining `*\HL@I1*'), and we will use *\pref@*
to restore the original definition of *\pref*:
%In this process we will want any *\newpre*'s that we encounter to have a
%{\it global\/} effect, rather  than their usual local effect.
%\pagelabel{GLNEW} 
% For this 
%purpose  (compare page~\ref{EFFL}),
%we initially
%\C**
%\let\globalnews@=F
%**
%and we will arrange (Chapter~\ref{acces}) for
% the *\new...* constructions to have a global effect 
%when we *\let\globalnews@=T*, so that we can use the group
**
\let\pref=\Thepref@
\csname HL@I\HLlevel@\endcsname
\csname HL@J\HLlevel@\endcsname}
\let\pref=\pref@
**

Then we will use
**
\HLtoc@  "8WTOCF"8
**
to write  to the *.toc* file, if necessary.
 *\HLtoc@* won't be defined until
section~\Sref{WTOC}.

After writing to the *.toc* file,  yet other steps may be required, which
we call *\aftertoc@*.  Initially we 
**
\let\aftertoc@=\relax
**
but various heading level definitions may change this (compare
section~\Sref{AFTOC}).

Finally, after that  we simply want to reset values  that may have been set
before the *\HL@*:
**
\let\aftertoc@=\relax \overlong@false
**

\medskip

{\bf(2) }%
*\nextii@* is exactly analogous, except that for defining *\Thelabel@*,
\dots, we will need
**
\ifx\HLtype@\relax
"2
 \global\advance\HL@@C by 1
"2
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\HL@@C}%
 \xdefThelabel@{\HL@@N}%
"2
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\HL@@P\Thelabel@\HL@@Q}%
 \xdefThelabel@@{\HL@@S}%
"2
\else
 \global\advance\HL@@@C by 1
"2
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\HL@@@C}%
 \xdefThelabel@{\HL@@@N}% 
"2
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\HL@@@P\Thelabel@\HL@@@Q}%
 \xdefThelabel@@{\HL@@@S}%
\fi
**
(and, as already mentioned,
 we set *\ifquoted@* to be false, and do not define *\Qlabel@@@@*).

The  whole  definition of *\HL@* is:
\C**
\let\aftertoc@=\relax
"slip
\def\HL@{%
 \def\next@""##1""##2\endHL{\def\entry@{##2}\quoted@true
  {\noexpands@
  \ifx\HLtype@\relax
   \let\pre=\HL@@P \let\post=\HL@@Q
   \let\style=\HL@@S \let\numstyle=\HL@@N
  \else
   \let\pre=\HL@@@P \let\post=\HL@@@Q
   \let\style=\HL@@@S \let\numstyle=\HL@@@N
  \fi
  \Qlabel@{##1}\let\style=\relax\xdef\Qlabel@@@@{##1}%
  \xdef\Thepref@{\Thelabel@@@@}}%
"2
  \csname HL@\HLlevel@\endcsname##2\endHL
"2
  \let\pref=\Thepref@
  \csname HL@I\HLlevel@\endcsname
  \csname HL@J\HLlevel@\endcsname
  \let\pref=\pref@
"2
  \HLtoc@
  \aftertoc@
"2
  \let\aftertoc@=\relax \overlong@false}%
"2
 \def\nextii@##1\endHL{\def\entry@{##1}\quoted@false
  {\noexpands@
  \ifx\HLtype@\relax
   \global\advance\HL@@C by 1 
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\HL@@C}%
   \xdefThelabel@{\HL@@N}%
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\HL@@P\Thelabel@\HL@@Q}%
   \xdefThelabel@@{\HL@@S}%
  \else
   \global\advance\HL@@@C by 1  
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\HL@@@C}%
   \xdefThelabel@{\HL@@@N}% 
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\HL@@@P\Thelabel@\HL@@@Q}%
   \xdefThelabel@@{\HL@@@S}%
  \fi
  \xdef\Thepref@{\Thelabel@@@@}}%
  \csname HL@\HLlevel@\endcsname##1\endHL
"2
   \let\pref=\Thepref@
   \csname HL@I\HLlevel@\endcsname
   \csname HL@J\HLlevel@\endcsname
   \let\pref=\pref@
"2
  \HLtoc@
  \aftertoc@   
"2 
 \let\aftertoc@=\relax \overlong@false}%
 \ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi}
**

In all these definitions, *\endHL* simply functions as syntax, so we want
to declare (see section~\Sref{K})
\C**
\Invalid@\endHL
**



As of yet, no heading level *\HL* has actually been defined.  Before
considering this, however, we first tend to *\hl*.





\section{The \CS{hl} construction}
Everything for *\hl* is almost exactly analogous to that for *\HL*:

We start with
\C**
\def\hl@@C{\csname hl@C\hllevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@P{\csname hl@P\hllevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@Q{\csname hl@Q\hllevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@S{\csname hl@S\hllevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@N{\csname hl@N\hllevel@\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@F{\csname hl@F\hllevel@\endcsname}
**

Then we 
define
\C**
\def\hl@@@C{\csname\exxx@\hltype@ @C\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@@P{\csname\exxx@\hltype@ @P\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@@Q{\csname\exxx@\hltype@ @Q\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@@S{\csname\exxx@\hltype@ @S\endcsname}
"2
\def\hl@@@N{\csname\exxx@\hltype@ @N\endcsname}
**

Similarly, we define
\C**
\def\hl#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname hl@C#1\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\hl#1 not defined in this style}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{\gdef\hllevel@{#1}\def\hlname@{\hl{#1}}%
   \let\hltype@=\relax\FNSS@\hl@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**


Then we define *\hl@* as follows (see the remarks at the end regarding the
*\FNSSP@*'s): 
\C**
\def\hl@{%
 \def\next@""##1""##2{\def\entry@{##2}\quoted@true
  {\noexpands@
"2
  \ifx\hltype@\relax
   \let\pre=\hl@@P \let\post=\hl@@Q
   \let\style=\hl@@S \let\numstyle=\hl@@N
"2
  \else
    \let\pre=\hl@@@P \let\post=\hl@@@Q
   \let\style=\hl@@@S \let\numstyle=\hl@@@N
  \fi
"2
  \Qlabel@{##1}\let\style=\relax\xdef\Qlabel@@@@{##1}%
  \xdef\Thepref@{\Thelabel@@@@}}%
"2
  \csname hl@\hllevel@\endcsname{##2}}%
"2
   \let\pref=\Thepref@
   \csname hl@I\hllevel@\endcsname
   \csname hl@J\hllevel@\endcsname
   \let\pref=\pref@
"2
  \hltoc@
  \aftertoc@
  \let\aftertoc@=\relax 
  \nopunct@false \nospace@false \FNSSP@}%
"2
 \def\nextii@##1{\def\entry@{##1}\quoted@false
  {\noexpands@
"2
  \ifx\hltype@\relax
"2
   \global\advance\hl@@C by 1 
"2
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\hl@@C}%
"2   \xdefThelabel@{\hl@@N}%
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\hl@@P\Thelabel@\hl@@Q}%
"2
   \xdefThelabel@@{\hl@@S}%
  \else
   \global\advance\hl@@@C by 1 
"2
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\number\hl@@@C}%
"2
   \xdefThelabel@{\hl@@@N}% 
"2
   \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\hl@@@P\Thelabel@\hl@@@Q}%
   \xdefThelabel@@{\hl@@@S}%
  \fi
  \xdef\Thepref@{\Thelabel@@@@}}%
"2
  \csname hl@\hllevel@\endcsname{##1}}%
"2
   \let\pref=\Thepref@
   \csname hl@I\hllevel@\endcsname
   \csname hl@J\hllevel@\endcsname
   \let\pref=\pref@
"2
  \hltoc@
  \aftertoc@
  \let\aftertoc@=\relax 
  \nopunct@false \nospace@false \FNSSP@}%
 \ifx\next""\expandafter\next@\else\expandafter\nextii@\fi}
**
The *\FNSSP@*'s are added to deal with spaces and invisible constructions
 that might occur
after the whole
*\hl*\<number\>*{...}* combination. (It wouldn't  do any good to add the
*\FNSSP@*'s to the definitions of `*\hl@1*', \dots, since 
other material comes after them in the definition of *\hl@*.)

\section{Other elements of heading levels\label{OTHERE}}
In the default style, *\newstyle*
can be used to change the 
style for printing
 *\HL* and *\hl* numbers,  and
*\nopunct* and *\nospace* can be used to control
the punctuation and spacing that follows 
an *\hl* heading level (compare page~\ref{NEWWSTUFF}).

On the other hand, most styles will have one further element of a heading
level that we might want to control, namely,
a word like `Chapter' that is printed
before the *\HL* number.

Someone writing in German would naturally want to replace `Chapter' with
`Kapitel', etc.
Although such a replacement could easily 
be made directly within the style file, there is considerable objection to
this, on the grounds that additional style files shouldn't have to be made
for such minor changes.  

So, to the pantheon of constructions like
*\...@C*, *\...@P*, \dots, we admit one more candidate,
 *\...@W*,  the ``word''
associated with a construction.
This will be complemented by a construction
*\newword*, analogous to *\newpre*, \dots, (Chapter~\ref{acces}),  
allowing  us to change its values, as well as *\word*, to
print its value. From the point of view of the user, *\word* and *\newword*
will work just like *\pre* and *\newpre*, etc., but they will be not be 
applicable
to all constructions allowing labels, only to a select few (and also
one or two constructions that do not allow labels---see
section~\Sref{SBMACS}). 

The idea of this device is that a style file can define 
`*\HL@1*'
in terms of
`*\HL@W1*', which might initially be defined to mean *Chapter*.
 Then if the user types
**
\newword\HL1{Kapitel}
**
thereby redefining `*\HL@W1*',
the word `Kapitel' will be substituted for `Chapter' in the *\HL1* headings. 

\section{Writing long token lists\label{WLTL}} As we saw 
in section~\Sref{UNMACRO},
the construction
**
\expandafter\unmacro@\meaning\entry@\unmacro@
**
will make *\macdef@* contain the tokens of *\entry@*, but with all non-space
tokens converted to type~*12*.

This means that *\macdef@* can be used in a *\write*, without worrying about
expansions.  But we still have to worry about the fact that a heading
may be too long for a *\write*.  This may be true even for implementations of
\tex\ that allow rather long *\write*'s, since there is no theoretical limit
on the length of a heading; the problem is particular acute for
  *\caption*'s (Part~\ref{ISLANDS}), which might 
be quite long.

Consequently, we will simply arbitrarily split *\macdef@* at every sixth
space
\footnote{In version *1* of \lamstex@, lines were split at every fifth space;
but six seems safe enough, especially since, as we mention below, various
spaces that didn't count in version~*1* will count now.}
 when we *\write* to the *.toc* file; to make the *.toc* file look
better, we will add a space at the beginning of each piece.

To do this quickly, we will make a definition like
**
\def\six@#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 {\def\next@{#1}%
 \ifx\next@\empty\def\next@##1\six@{}\else
 \write\toc@{" #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6}\let\next@=\six@\fi
 \next@}
** 
and then use
\setbox0\hbox{\<material to be split\>}
**
\six@"box0" " " " " " " " " " " " \six@
**
with 12 *" *'s added. Thus, *\six@* will  extract six
pieces, write them to the *.toc* file,
and then
 call *\six@* once again, except when
*#1* is empty (in which case *#2*, \dots, *#6* will also be
empty).
  The first time this happens, everything has
already been written, so we simply throw away everything up to and including
the final *\six@*. 
(At the next-to-last stage, *#1* might be the last piece, and thus the
 only non-empty argument of *\six@*.
Then *\six@* will use up ~6 of the inserted
*" *'s (unless this last piece of the
\<material to be split\> happened to end with a *" * itself). So we need
~6 more *" *'s, to be used up by the next call to *\six@*.)

This all fails spectacularly, however, if the \<material to be split\>
is empty, or
happens to begin with a space! So we will have to be careful about that.

Since we are going to need a similar routine to *\write* to the *.tic* file
in Chapter~\ref{PI}, the `*\toc@*' in the above definition will be replaced
by an argument *#1*, so that we define
\C**
\def\six@#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 {\def\next@{#2}%
 \ifx\next@\empty
  \def\next@##1\six@{}%
 \else
  \write#1{ #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7}\def\next@{\six@#1}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**

We are going to be applying this when 
the \<material to be split\> is
stored in *\macdef@*.
If *\macdef@* happens to be empty (because of an empty heading level),
we will do nothing. Otherwise,
 we will first eliminate any initial space in *\macdef@* with
**
\def\next@#1#2\next@{\def\macdef@{#1#2}}
\expandafter\next@\macdef@\next@
**
If *\macdef@* originally
expands to *" s*$_{\text{1}}$*s*$_{\text{2}}$\dots, then
*#1* will be *s*$_{\text 1}$, since \tex\ ignores spaces in looking for
undelimited arguments, and *#2* will be *s*$_{\text2}$\dots, so the new
*\macdef@* will be the old, with any initial space deleted. 


Then we will use
**
\edef\next@
 {\noexpand\six@\toc@\macdef@ "8SEVENTOC"8
 \space\space\space\space\space\space
 \space\space\space\space\space\space\noexpand\six@}
 \next@
**
The *\edef* not only inserts 12~spaces, but it also
expands out *\macdef@* to its current value, so that the resulting
 series of (delayed) *\write*'s doesn't depend on what value *\macdef@* may
have by the time the *\write*'s are done.

Finally, we will use 
**
\let\macdef@=\relax
**
to clear up memory space, since *\macdef@* might be quite long.

The whole definition is:
\C**
\def\Sixtoc@{\ifx\macdef@\empty\else
 \def\next@##1##2\next@{\def\macdef@{##1##2}}%
 \expandafter\next@\macdef@\next@
 \edef\next@
  {\noexpand\six@\toc@\macdef@
  \space\space\space\space\space\space
  \space\space\space\space\space\space
  \noexpand\six@}%
 \next@\let\macdef@=\relax\fi}
**



\small 
Even if some argument for *\six@* is of the form *{...}*, \tex\ {\it
won't\/} remove the braces, since these are now type~*12* characters, not
real braces. (In version~*1* of \lamstex@, where this wasn't the case, a much
more complicated routine was required.)  Similarly, we don't have to worry
about braces being removed during the first stage of deleting any
initial space.

\andsmall Some remarks near the end of page~87 of the \lamstex~Manual
are now wrong.  Now spaces after control words {\it are\/}
 counted in this break-up
process (and will be inserted even if they weren't typed in the input file).
Spaces within curly braces will also count (since these type~*12* braces
won't introduce any grouping for the arguments). This has the added
advantage that one doesn't have to worry about a long group within a heading.

\andsmall If the prospect of  short lines in the *.tic* file is too
unappealing, a more complicated routine could be used, in which we selected
the pieces delimited by spaces one at a time, and stored them until we
obtained a sufficiently large aggregate; the ``size'' of a collection *#1* of
type~*12* tokens is easily computed by examining the width of
*\hbox{\tt#1}*.
\endsmall


\section{\CS{HLtoc\@} and \CS{hltoc\@}\label{WTOC}}
For *\HLtoc@*, we want to write either something like
\setbox0\hbox{\<heading level\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<formatted *\HL* number\>}
\setbox2\hbox{\<page number\>}
\setbox3\hbox{\<word\>}
**
\HL {"box0}{"box3}{"box1}
 The heading, with line breaks after 
 every sixth space. 
\Page{"box2}{\arabic }{}{}
**
or something like
\setbox1\hbox{\<formatted *\chapter* number\>}
\setbox3\hbox{\<word\>}
**
\chapter {"box3"}{"box1} . . .
 The heading, with line breaks after 
 every sixth space. 
\Page{"box2}{\arabic }{}{}
** 
if we have created *\chapter* as a name for *\HL1*, say, using
*\NameHL* (section~\Sref{RHL}). [If the heading is empty, then we will
simply have the *\Page...* line follow the *\HL* line.]

Here \<word\> is the value of
`*\HL@W*{\it n\/}' (section~\Sref{OTHERE}).  In the default style
`*\HL@W1*' is empty, while for the book style *book.st*
*\HL1* ({\it alias\/} *\chapter*) has *\HL@W1* initially defined as *Chapter*.
Notice that the \<word\> is treated as a separate argument from the
\<formatted number\>. So, even if the heading level itself prints something
like
\medskip
\centerline{\bf Chapter 3. \dots{}}
\medskip
\flushpar
the table of contents will be able to combine these elements in different
ways, if desired.

This whole arrangement is a big change from version~*1* of \lamstex@;
 in addition
to the \<word\>,
 the page number is included, and all the other information appears
without extraneous matter that made the *.toc* file harder to read.



To handle the special case of quoted numbers, we define
\C**
\def\QorThelabel@@@@@{\ifquoted@
 \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand""\Qlabel@@@@
 \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand""\else
 \Thelabel@@@@\fi}
**
so that *\QorThelabel@@@@* will expand in 
 an *\edef* to either
\setbox0\hbox{\<expansion of *\Qlabel@@@@*\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<expansion of *\Thelabel@@@@*\>}
**
\noexpand"""box0\noexpand""
**
or to
**
"box1
**

Our first *\write* will involve *\HLname@*, which is either *\HL {*\<heading
level\>*}* or something like *\chapter*;  the \<word\>
for the heading level;
and *\QorThelabel@@@@*, 
 the actual
\<formatted number\> (or *\Qlabel@@@@*).
 However, this will be a delayed *\write*, and the
values of *\HLname@* and 
*\Thelabel@@@@* or *\Qlabel@@@@*
may be completely different by the time
the *\write* is executed, so everything has to be expanded out.

For *\QorThelabel@@@@* we need to be in a group with *\noexpands@*;
moreover, within this group we need to *\let\style=\relax*, in case
*\style* appears in *\Qlabel@@@@*.

For *\HLname@* we need something like
**
\edef\next@{\write\toc@{\noexpand\noexpand
 \expandafter\noexpand\HLname@}}
\next@
**
In this *\edef*, the  *\toc@* is not expanded,\pagelabel{TKSNE} since it 
was created with a *\chardef* (compare page~\ref{CDNE}),
 the 
 *\noexpand\noexpand*  collapses to a single *\noexpand*, and
the *\expandafter\noexpand\HLname@* (compare pages~\ref{EXNE} and
~\ref{EXNE2}) 
inhibits expansion of a control sequence
occurring at the beginning of the expansion of *\HLname@* (i.e., either
*\HL* or *\chapter*, etc.) Thus, our *\edef* makes *\next@* mean
\setbox0\hbox{\<*\HL1* or *\chapter*, etc.\>}
**
\write\toc@{\noexpand"copy0}
**
so that *\next@* then gives us
 what we want.

The \<word\>, stored in `*\HL@W1*', etc., presents more problems,
because it may contain control sequences that shouldn't be expanded out
in the *\write*. So we will use the *\unmacro\meaning* trick of
section~\Sref{WLTL}, within the triple *\expandafter* trick
(page~\ref{tEXA}): the code
**
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unmacro@
 \expandafter\meaning\csname HL@W\HLlevel@\endcsname\unmacro@
**
will make *\macdef* contain the tokens of the \<word\>, but with all
non-space tokens converted to type~*12*.\pagelabel{XXZZXX}

So, altogether, we can use
**
\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unmacro@
 \expandafter\meaning\csname HL@W\HLlevel@\endcsname\unmacro@
{\noexpands@\let\style=\relax
\edef\next@{\write\toc@{\noexpand\noexpand\expandafter\noexpand
 \HLname@{\macdef@}{\QorThelabel@@@@}}
\next@}
**
Note that, just as we will need to declare *\noexpands@* before
a *\shipout*,
 when the *\write* is actually done (pages~\ref{SUB1} and~\ref{SUB99}), 
 we will also need to declare
*\let\style=\relax*  before the *\shipout*.\pagelabel{SUB11}

Then we use 
**
\expandafter\unmacro@\meaning\entry@\unmacro@
\Sixtoc@
**
to write the heading, with all non-space characters of type~*12*, and line
breaks after every sixth space.

Finally, we  add
**
\write\toc@{\noexpand\Page{\number\pageno}{\page@N}%
 {\page@P}{\page@Q}^^J}
**
where the extra blank line at the end is added
to make the *.toc* file more
readable.  
\footnote{Blank lines after the *\Page...* line
 will usually create no problem, since the table of contents will be usually
be set
as a series of lines each contributed in vertical mode. But 
it's conceivable that a style file will format things in a way that
puts us into horizontal mode, and then it might be important that
we not leave horizontal mode after the page number is printed; in such
cases, the macros must scan for *\Page#1#2#3#4\par*, to eliminate the 
blank line.
Although this is an added pain, it is unlikely to occur often, so it seems
worth while adding the extra readability to the *.toc* file. 
\endgraf
In the case of the index, where an unknown number of *\Page*'s can follow
each *\Entry*, we will be careful to eliminate such *\pars*'s (section~
\Sref{BMPRE}).}

 (During the *\write* we will have
*\noexpands@* in effect, so that the numbering control sequence
*\page@N* won't be expanded, nor will any font change control sequences
in *\page@P* or *\page@Q*.)


So our final definition is:
\C**
\def\HLtoc@{%
 \iftoc@
"2
 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unmacro@
  \expandafter\meaning
   \csname HL@W\HLlevel@\endcsname\unmacro@
"2
  {\noexpands@\let\style=\relax
  \edef\next@{\write\toc@{%
   \noexpand\noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\HLname@
   {\macdef@}{\QorThelabel@@@@@}}}%
  \next@}%
"2
  \expandafter\unmacro@\meaning\entry@\unmacro@
"2
  \Sixtoc@
"2
  \write\toc@{\noexpand\Page{\number\pageno}{\page@N}%
    {\page@P}{\page@Q}^^J}%
 \fi}
**

\medbreak
For *\hltoc@* we want to write something like
\setbox0\hbox{\<heading level\>}
\setbox1\hbox{\<formatted *\hl* number\>}
\setbox2\hbox{\<page number\>}
\setbox3\hbox{\<word\>}
**
\hl {"box0}{"box3"{"box1}
 The heading, with line breaks after 
 every sixth space
\Page{"box2}{\arabic }{}{}
**
or something like
\setbox1\hbox{\<formatted *\section* number\>}
\setbox2\hbox{\<page number\>}
\setbox3\hbox{\<word\>}
**
\section {"box3"}{"box1} .
 The heading, with line breaks after every
 sixth space
\Page{"box2}{\arabic }{}{}
** 
In addition, we want *\nopunct* and *\nospace*
to appear before the *\hl* or *\section*
in the *\write* if they appeared in the input file:
\C**
\def\hltoc@{%
 \iftoc@
"2
 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unmacro@
  \expandafter\meaning
   \csname hl@W\hllevel@\endcsname\unmacro@
"2
  {\noexpands@\let\style=\relax
  \edef\next@{\write\toc@{%
   \ifnopunct@\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\nopunct\fi
   \ifnospace@\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\nospace\fi
   \noexpand\noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\hlname@
   {\macdef@}{\QorThelabel@@@@@}}}%
  \next@}%
"2
  \expandafter\unmacro@\meaning\entry@\unmacro@
"2  
  \Sixtoc@
  \write\toc@{\noexpand\Page{\number\pageno}{\page@N}%
   {\page@P}{\page@Q}^^J}%
 \fi}
**

(We didn't add the analogous clause
**
\ifoverlong@\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\overlong\fi
**
to the definition of *\HLtoc@*, because *\overlong* will usually be 
irrelevant to the treatment of the heading level in the Contents; but
for some styles this addition might be reasonable.)

\small It's \pagelabel{PIDD}
 conceivable that a style file might need different information
in the *.toc* file that we have provided.  For example, perhaps the sections
3.1, 3.2, 3.3, \dots of Chapter~3 are simply going be numbered
1, 2, 3, \dots under the Chapter~3 entry in the Contents.  To handle such
possibilities, the *.toc* file should probably get the whole set of
information 
**
{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}{\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}
**
instead of simply *{\Thelabel@@@@}*.  Then front matter style files 
(Chapter~\ref{FRONTMATTER})
could
decide which information to use. Since I've never
actually seen a book in which formatting of this sort was used,
 it seemed silly to encumber
\lamstex\ with this extra baggage.  But if such a treatment were needed,
it should be clear how to modify the definitions of *\HLtoc@* and *\hltoc@*
accordingly.
\endsmall


\section{\CS{mainfile}}When we have specified *\tocfile* in our main file,
say *paper.tex*,  the file *paper.toc* is written, but this file is
not meant to be \tex'ed directly.  Instead, we will be making a ``front 
matter'' file, say *paperfm.tex*, and since this file will need to know
the name of the original file, in order to *\input* the proper *.toc* file,
*paperfm.tex* will begin with a line like
**
\mainfile{paper}
**
We define
\C**
\def\mainfile#1{\def\mainfile@{#1}}
**
so that, at the appropriate time the macros for the front matter style can
**
\input mainfile@.toc
**
If the *\mainfile* command is omitted from *paperfm.tex*, we would like
to produce an error message when *\maketoc* is encountered. So we add
\C**
\def\checkmainfile@{\ifx\mainfile@\undefined  "8CHECKMF"8
 \Err@{No \noexpand\mainfile specified}\fi}
**
(We put these definitions directly into *lamstex.tex* so that front matter
style files don't have to worry about them.) (See section~\Sref{SACN} for
the use of *\noexpand*.)



\section{Creating heading levels\label{CHL}}
Although we now have the general mechanism for handling heading levels, no
heading levels have actually been defined.


 The default
style makes  *\HL1* and *\hl1* be
defined, which will indicate the general procedure required.


 We begin by adding  the necessary counters
and control sequences.
\C**
\expandafter\newcount@\csname HL@C1\endcsname
\csname HL@C1\endcsname=0
"2
\expandafter\def\csname HL@S1\endcsname#1{#1\null.}  "8NULLSTYLE"8
\expandafter\let\csname HL@N1\endcsname=\arabic
\expandafter\let\csname HL@P1\endcsname=\empty
\expandafter\let\csname HL@Q1\endcsname=\empty
\expandafter\def\csname HL@F1\endcsname{\bf}
\expandafter\let\csname HL@W1\endcsname=\empty
"slip
\expandafter\newcount@\csname hl@C1\endcsname
\csname hl@C1\endcsname=0
"2
\expandafter\def\csname hl@S1\endcsname#1{#1\/}
\expandafter\let\csname hl@N1\endcsname=\arabic
\expandafter\let\csname hl@P1\endcsname=\empty
\expandafter\let\csname hl@Q1\endcsname=\empty
\expandafter\def\csname hl@F1\endcsname{\bf}
\expandafter\let\csname hl@W1\endcsname=\empty
**
Using *\newcount@* (see page~\ref{NWNW}) rather than *\newcount* isn't
necessary here, since these definitions are made within the file
*lamstex.tex*, but they serve as a reminder that auxiliary files should
use *\newcount@* (unless they have stated *\let\alloc@=\alloc@@* at the
beginning).
We added the *\null* in `*\HL@S1*' in case *#1* ends with an   upper-case
letter (compare page~\ref{NULLPUNCT}).\pagelabel{QW4}
\pagelabel{ANULL} 
 (The proficient \amstex\ or \lamstex\ user would 
type `*@.*' in such a case, but *@* can't be allowed in a style command,
since that would essentially be as bad as allowing it in a \<label\>.)


Note, by the way,\pagelabel{NEWWSTUFF}
 that the period after the heading number in `*\HL@S1*'
is not
considered to be punctuation  that  can be eliminated with *\nopunct*.
There is no need for  that, since a quoted heading level could always be used
instead (and  *\newstyle\HL1* or *\newstyle\hl1* could be used to make a
permanent change).   Basically, *\nopunct* only affects
punctuation  that  the
user normally wouldn't be able to change at all, like the period after
an *\hl1* title in the default style (see page~\ref{ABCDE}).

\small In  version *1* of \lamstex@, I didn't have this principle
\pagelabel{NOFC}
clearly formulated, and the period after the heading number in *\HL1* was
considered a ``frill''.  Moreover, the default style  used to print a  \S\
before the heading number, and this `*\S*' was ``hard-wired'' into the
definition of  *\HL@1*  (except that we 
*\let\Ssymbol@=\S*
and used *\Ssymbol@*, just in case some one decided to redefine *\S*).
 If we wanted to retain this \S, then it should
really be placed within the definition of `*\HL@S1*'.

\andsmall! In that case,
however, it would also  be necessary to add *\Nonexpanding\S* (or 
*\Nonexpanding\Ssymbol@*). In view of all this, it seemed better just to
leave the damn thing out.
\endsmall

To allow *\HL1* to be defined, we must create `*\HL@1*' with
**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@1\endcsname#1\endHL{...}
**
Although that's quite a mouthful, such definitions are meant to be supplied
only by style file designers, and numerous subtleties are involved in the
definitions anyway, so there's no point trying to make this part easier.

Roughly speaking,
\lamstex's definition of the default style `*\HL@1*' is
**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@1\endcsname#1\endHL{\bigbreak
 {\locallabel@
"2
 \vbox{\Let@\tabskip\hss@
  \halign to\hsize{\bf\hfil##\hfil\cr
"2
 \csname HL@W1\endcsname\space
 {\HL@@F\thelabel@@}" #1\crcr}}
 \nobreak\medskip}
**
where
\list 
 \item
We put the whole construction in a
group with *\locallabel@*, so that a *\label* within the
**
\HL1 ... \endHL
**
will be given the values relevant to this *\HL1*.

\item We
set 
a *\vbox* consisting of centered  lines. 
*\Let@*, from \amstex@, is the device
for letting *\\* be the same as *\cr* within this *\vbox*. Normally
we would use *\tabskip\hfil* or *\tabskip\hss*
to  produce the centered  lines; 
*\tabskip\hss@* is used in case *\overlong* precedes the *\HL*
(page~\ref{HSS}). 

\item
At the beginning of the argument *#1*
we print *\thelabel@@* (the number, together with any pre- and
post-material, plus anything produced by the style), in the   proper  font.
Notice that we explicitly leave the space after *\thelabel@@*, since
the spacing is not made part of `*\HL@S1*' (compare page~\ref{SPACESEP}).
Moreover, before *\thelabel@@* we print
the \<word\> for `*\HL@1*' (empty in the default style).
\endlist

However, there are a few details that we need to  change:
\list
\item The preamble should really contain
**
\halign to\hsize{\bf\hfil\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfil\cr "8UNSKIP"8
**
to discard extraneous spaces at the beginning or end of each line of the
heading.

\item In addition, we need to replace the
**
{\HL@@F\thelabel@@} #1
**
by
**
{\HL@@F\thelabel@@} \ignorespaces#1
**
to get rid of an extraneous space at the very  beginning  of the heading.

\item Moreover, if *\thelabel@@* is empty (from a *\HL 1 """"*), then
the space before the *\ignorespaces* should be eliminated. And
if the \<word\> is empty, then the space after it should be eliminated.

\item
We don't really  want our heading to be a *\vbox*, because 
*\insert*'s (like 
*\footnote*) won't migrate out.  So we will instead globally
*\setbox1* to be the *\vbox*, and then *\unvbox1*:
\endlist
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@1\endcsname#1\endHL{\bigbreak "8HLONE"8
 {\locallabel@
"2
 \global\setbox1=\vbox{\Let@\tabskip\hss@
  \halign to\hsize{\bf\hfil\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfil\cr
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname HL@W1\endcsname\empty\else
   \csname HL@W1\endcsname\space\fi
  {\HL@@F\ifx\thelabel@@\empty\else\thelabel@@\space\fi}%
  \ignorespaces#1\crcr}%
 }%
 \unvbox1 \nobreak\medskip} 
**
{\bf NOTE: }The *\nobreak* here is absolutely essential---see section
~\Sref{AFTOC}.

The definition of *\hl1* for the default style  is quite straightforward,
using *\punct@* and *\addspace@*, since *\hl* is on *\nofrillslist@*:
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname hl@1\endcsname#1{\medbreak\noindent@@  "8ABCDE"8
 {\locallabel@
 \bf{\hl@@F\ifx\thelabel@@\empty\else\thelabel@@\space\fi}%
 \ignorespaces#1\unskip
 \punct@{\null.}\addspace@\enspace}}
**
See Chapter~\ref{EVPAR} for the use of *\noindent@@*.
Notice that here we don't even print the \<word\>, even if it has
been changed by *\newword*.  (Generally speaking, *\HL* heading levels
will have words printed as part of them, while *\hl* levels won't.  Of course
a style file could redefine `*\hl@1*' to include the \<word\>, if necessary.)

\section{Initializations}
In addition to defining `*\HL@1*', we want  a definition like
**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@I1\endcsname{\Reset\hl1{1}%
 \newpre\hl1{\pref.}}
**
so that  these ``initializations'' are   always performed after each *\HL1*
(though they  may
be overridden if *\csname HL@J1\endcsname* has been defined by  an
*\Initialize* [section~\Sref{EVERY}]).  Recall that *\pref* will mean
*\Thepref@* during this initialization.

But there is a little subtlety involved here, since *\HL1* might be used
with an empty label *\HL1""""*. 
For
 example,
**
\HL1""""Introduction\endHL
**
might be used to get an unnumbered Introduction preceding the other
*\HL1*'s.
  In that case *\pref* would be empty, and we don't want a
lonely period preceding the *\hl1* numbers!
  So instead we use
\C**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@I1\endcsname{\Reset\hl1{1}%  "8IFXP"8
 \ifx\pref\empty\newpre\hl1{}\else\newpre\hl1{\pref.}\fi
**

No initializations are required at each  *\hl1* in the default style,
so we simply leave `*\hl@I1*' undefined.

\small In the situation on  page~\ref{AEEX}, where we used
**
\Initialize\hl1{%
 \Evaluate\HL1\edef\HLvalue{\number\Value} 
 \Evaulate\hl1
 \newpre\exno{\HLvalue.\the\Value.}}
**
to set the numbering  for *\exno*,  subtleties about empty  heading level
numbers
were not taken into
account. Actually, there's no way that they can be handled at this point,
since there's no way of determining, once we get to an  *\hl1*, whether or
not 
the
*\HL1* before it had an empty heading number. To deal with  these
possibilities, we could, for  example, have *\HL1* 
store the current value of *\Thelabel@@@@*  in another control sequence,
say
 *\HLpref*, in addition
to storing  it in
 *\Thepref@*; then *\HLpref* wouldn't change at an  *\hl1*, so it would
 give information about the
*\HL1* that comes before the current *\hl1*. 
If we were designing a style  file in which something  like
*\exno* were a standard feature, then we would probably need to do this.

A clever user could always emulate this with 
**
\Initialize\HL1{\Evaluate\HL1\xdef\HLpref{\number\Value}}
"slip
\Initialize\hl1{  . . .
 \ifx\HLpref\empty\else
  \Evaluate\HL1\edef\HLvalue{\number\Value}\fi
  . . .  }
**
(Or a new *\Initialize\HL1* could simply be given before any  *\HL1""""* is 
stated.)
\endsmall


\section{\CS{aftertoc\@}\label{AFTOC}}
Remember that *\HL1* calls 
  *\HL@*, and *\HL@* in turn will then call
`*\HL@1*'*...\endHL* 
followed by 
**
\HLtoc@
**
for writing to the *.toc* file.

\smallskip

  {\bf IT \,IS \,THEREFORE \,ESSENTIAL\/}
\,that no breaks be allowed by any material at the end of the 
definition of `*\HL@1*'*...\endHL*,
 to insure that the proper page number will be written; thus, in the
definition for the default style  (page~\ref{HLONE}), the
*\nobreak* before the *\medskip*
would be necessary
even if the style file design
weren't  particularly concerned about prohibiting a page
break here.

It is quite possible that a style file won't try to prohibit a page
break after the heading is printed. In fact, 
 a style file might even {\it demand\/} a page break at this
point. For example, the style file for the \lamstex~Manual uses *\HL0*
for the Part pages,
and in the definition of `*\HL@0*', we want a page break after typesetting
the Part~page; and then we want to *\Offset\page2*, since the next page is
supposed to be blank.
It would certainly not do to
\setbox0\hbox{\<instructions for typesetting the Part page\>} 
**
\expandafter\def\csname HL@0\endcsname#1\endHL{%
  "box0
 \vfil\break\Offset\page2}
** 
because in the *.toc* file
the page number for this
Part page would then be 1~more than it should be!
Instead, the definition  has the additional clause
**
\def\aftertoc@{\vfil\break\Offset\page2} "8AFTERTOC"8
**
---then 
the proper page is written by the *\HLtoc@* command before we increase
the page numbering by~1.




\sectiong{Order of  heading levels\label{HLLEV}}
The  default style allows an *\hl1* to appear before an *\HL1*, but we
could easily disallow this. For example, we could first
**
\def\HLlevel@{0}
**
and then use
**
\expandafter\def\csname hl@1\endcsname{%
 \ifnum\HLlevel@=0
  \Err@{\string\hl1 not allowed before some \string\HL}
**
  Similarly, if we created *\hl2*, we could
**
\def\hllevel@{0}
**
and then
**
\expandafter\def\csname hl@2\endcsname#1{%
 \ifnum\hllevel@=0
  \Err@{\string\hl2 not allowed before some \string\hl1}
 . . . } 
**
For this to work properly, 
 we should also add
**
\def\hllevel@{0}
**
to our definition of `*\HL@I1*'.

Note, by the way,  that there's really  no necessity for  ``higher''
heading levels to have smaller numbers.
\footnote{Actually, a heading  level doesn't even
have to be a  number (but it's probably best not to exploit that  fact).}

\endsmall




\section{Naming header levels\label{RHL}}
Now we come to the
*\NameHL* and *\Namehl* mechanisms, by which, for
example, 
**
\NameHL1\chapter
**
makes *\chapter...\endchapter* function like *\HL1...\endHL*,
and 
**
\Namehl1\section
**
makes *\section{...}* function like *\hl1{...}*.
As the uppercase ~`*N*' suggests, *\NameHL* and *\Namehl* will act
globally. 
\footnote{*\NameHL* and  *\Namehl* replace the *\newHL* and
*\newhl* constructions from  version~*1* of \lamstex.}

As a special case of
**
\NameHL#1#2
**
let us consider *\NameHL1 \chapter*.

First we will want to
**
\define\chapter{}
**
to get an error message if *\chapter* is already defined.

We will also want to 
**
\rightadd@\chapter\to\overlonglist@
**

And we will want to  let *\chapter@C* be `*\HL@C1*', 
and *\chapter@P* be `*\HL@P1*',
etc. For this we will need the old *\edef* trick (see, for example,
page~\ref{ADDCSNAME} and Chapter~\ref{NEWC}, and
see  pages~\ref{EXNE} and ~\ref{EXNE2}
for the use of the
`*\expandafter\noexpand*'):\pagelabel{TOMF}
**
\edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname
 =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@C#1\endcsname}\next@ 
**

\noindent{\bf NOTE: }Since we *\let\chapter@C=*`*\HL@C1*', etc., 
 it is therefore
essential that *\NameHL*\,{\it n\/} be used {\it only after\/}
`*\HL@C1*', \dots, `*\HL@F1*' have been defined.
\pagelabel{NameNOTE}

Then we want to
**
\def\chapter##1\endchapter
 {\def\HLtype@{\chapter}
  \def\HLname@{\chapter}
  \gdef\HLlevel@{#1}
  \FNSS@\HL@##1\endHL}
**

This definition will have to be done with an *\edef* also:
{\litindent=0pt
**
\edef\next@{\def\noexpand#2####1\expandafter\noexpand
 \csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname
 {\def\noexpand\HLtype@{\noexpand#2}
  \def\noexpand\HLname@{\noexpand#2}
  \gdef\noexpand\HLlevel@{#1}
  \noexpand\FNSS@\noexpand\HL@####1\noexpand\endHL}}
 \next@
**
}
[We used *\FNSS@* rather than *\futurelet\next* simply because
it takes fewer tokens, especially with the *\noexpand* required before it.]

We also want to state `*\Invalid@\endchapter*' so that an improper use of
*\endchapter* will give an error message (see section~\Sref{K}),
**
\edef\next@{\noexpand\Invalid@\expandafter\noexpand
 \csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname}
\next@
**  


That is the main outline of the definition, but additional details are needed.
With this much of the  definition, *\chapter* would still not function
just like *\HL1*, because, for example, *\newpre\chapter* and
*\newpre\HL1* would have entirely different effects: one would change
*\chapter@P*, while the other would change `*\HL@P1*'---if a user typed
*\newpre\HL1* this would not affect the pre-material for *\chapter*.   
That might not seem like such a terrible problem---users could just
be warned not to use *\newpre\HL1* instead of *\chapter*---until we
realize that our definition of `*\HL@I1*' has a
*\newpre\hl1* clause: if the user of the default style decided to 
**
\NameHL 1 \chapter
\Namehl 1 \section
**
then *\section*'s would not have the proper pre-material determined
by the *\chapter* in which they were used. (Similarly,
*\newfontstyle\chapter* and *\newfontstyle\section* would have no
effect.) 


To get around this problem, we need a way of passing special information to
the *\new...* constructions of Chapter~\ref{acces},  so that, for example,
*\newpre\chapter* and *\newpre\HL1* will each change
{\it both\/} *\chapter@P* and `*\HL@P1*'.
 This will be done by
means of two *R*eplacement control sequences:
\setbox0\hbox{will be defined to have the value *\chapter*}
\setbox1\hbox{will be defined to have as value the pair *{HL}{1}*}
\setbox2\hbox{*\chapter@R*}
\setbox3\hbox to\wd2{`*\HL@R1*'\hfil}
**
"box3   "box0
"box2   "box1
**
So we will add
**
\expandafter\gdef\csname HL@R#1\endcsname{#2}
\expandafter\gdef\csname\exstring@#2@R\endcsname{{HL}{#1}}
**

In some cases,
some of this information must also  be passed to the  *.toc* file.
For example, the default front matter style  file  *lamstex.stf* contains
instructions for typesetting entries  that begin
**
\HL {1}
**
but if *\NameHL1\chapter*  appears in the main file,
then *\chapter*  will produces entries in the *.toc* file
beginning
**
\chapter
**

In order for the *lamstex.stf* file  to be able to
deal with these lines, the
information
**
\NameHL1\chapter
**
must be passed to it:
**
\iftoc@
\immediate\write\toc@{\noexpand\NameHL#1\noexpand#2^^J}
\fi
**
with a *^^J* to give 
 a blank line afterwards, to separate this
from an entry line that might come next.

For all this to work properly when we get to front matter style 
files (Chapter~\ref{FRONTMATTER}), it will be
 essential, of course,   that the user has placed the *\tocfile*  command
 {\it before\/} any *\NameHL*  commands. Actually, in addition to 
its invocation by a user who wants names for heading levels that a 
style hasn't given names to, 
*\NameHL* can
also be used by a style file designer.
In the latter case, we really don't want any extra information written to the
*.toc* file, since the style file designer will presumably also write special
code for the front matter style files to deal with lines that begin
with something like
**
\chapter
**
As we will see in Part~\ref{SFPART},\pagelabel{USESFPART}
 special precautions will be taken to
insure that nothing is written to the *.toc* file even if
a file contains *\tocfile* before the *\docstyle* command.


\medskip

A style file might well want to *\NameHL1* twice.  For example, in the *book*
style file, the control sequence
**
\appendices
**
calls *\NameHL1\appendix* to make 
**
\appendix ... \endappendix
**
work just like *\chapter...\endchapter*.
\footnote{In this style
`*\HL@1*' uses
 `*\HL@W1*' (section~\Sref{OTHERE}),
 which is initially defined to be
 `*Chapter*', but which is then changed  to~`*Appendix*' by
the *\appendices* command.
Similarly, *\appendices* also uses *\Reset\HL1{1}*, to 
start the numbering of Appendices at~1.}

Once *\appendices* has used *\NameHL1\appendix*, we want a previous name for
*\HL1*, say
*\chapter*, to
become undefined, \pagelabel{NHLUD}
and we also want *\endchapter* to become undefined, and we
want *\Offset\chapter*, etc., to be disallowed. 
To test whether *\NameHL1* has already appeared, we simply use the test
**
\expandafter\ifx\csname HL@R1\endcsname\relax
**
If this test is false, we want to *\let*
{\def\,{{\rm,}}
**
\...@C", \...@P", \...@Q", \...@S", \...@N", \...@F,", \...@W,
**
all be *\relax*}, where *...*
 is the value of the control sequence *\csname HL@R#1\endcsname*, since, 
as we'll see in Chapter~\ref{acces}, this will disallow the corresponding
*\Reset*, \dots,
constructions. 

Unfortunately, *\csname...\endcsname* is quite unsuitable for use in
\linebreak
*\expandafter* constructions, which is  just how we will need it, so we will
first  use  the code
**
\def\nextiv@{\let\nextiii@=}   "8LNIII"8
\expandafter\nextiv@\csname HL@R#1\endcsname
**
which makes the ``nameable''  control sequence *\nextiii@* have the same
value as `*\HL@R#1*'.
Then we can use
**
\expandafter\let\nextiii@\undefined
\expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @C\endcsname=\relax
 . . .
\expandafter\let\csname end\exxx@\nextiii@\endcsname=\undefined
**


So our whole definition is:
\C**
\def\NameHL#1#2{\define#2{}%
"2
 \expandafter\ifx\csname HL@R#1\endcsname\relax
 \else
  \def\nextiv@{\let\nextiii@=}%
  \expandafter\nextiv@\csname HL@R#1\endcsname
"2
  \expandafter\let\nextiii@\undefined
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @C\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @P\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @Q\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @S\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @N\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @F\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @W\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname 
   end\exxx@\nextiii@\endcsname=\undefined
 \fi
"2
 \expandafter\gdef\csname HL@R#1\endcsname{#2}%
 \expandafter\gdef\csname\exstring@#2@R\endcsname{{HL}{#1}}%
"2
 \iftoc@
  \immediate\write\toc@{\noexpand\NameHL#1\noexpand#2^^J}%
 \fi
"2
 \rightadd@#2\to\overlonglist@
"2
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@C#1\endcsname}\next@  "8NameHLcounter"8
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@P\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@P#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@Q\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@Q#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@S#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@N\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@N#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@F\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@F#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@W\endcsname
  =\expandafter\noexpand\csname HL@W#1\endcsname}\next@ 
"2
 \edef\next@{\def\noexpand#2####1\expandafter\noexpand
  \csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname 
"2
  {\def\noexpand\HLtype@{\noexpand#2}%
"2
   \def\noexpand\HLname@{\noexpand#2}%
"2
   \gdef\noexpand\HLlevel@{#1}%
"2
   \noexpand\FNSS@\noexpand\HL@####1\noexpand\endHL}}%
"2
 \next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\noexpand\Invalid@\expandafter\noexpand
  \csname end\exstring@#2\endcsname}%
 \next@
}
**

For *\Namehl* we don't have to worry about an *\end...* construction.
Moreover, *\Namehl* doesn't worry about *\...@W* constructions, since
words are seldom added to such heading levels.
\C**
\def\Namehl#1#2{\define#2{}
"2
 \expandafter\ifx\csname hl@R#1\endcsname\relax
 \else
  \def\nextiv@{\let\nextiii@}%
  \expandafter\nextiv@\csname hl@R#1\endcsname
"2
  \expandafter\let\nextiii@=\undefined
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @C\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @P\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @Q\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @S\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @N\endcsname=\relax
"2
  \expandafter\let\csname\exxx@\nextiii@ @F\endcsname=\relax
 \fi
"2
 \expandafter\gdef\csname hl@R#1\endcsname{#2}%
 \expandafter\gdef\csname\exstring@#2@R\endcsname{{hl}{#1}}
"2
 \iftoc@
  \immediate\write\toc@{\noexpand\Namehl#1\noexpand#2^^J}%
 \fi
"2
 \rightadd@#2\to\nopunctlist@%
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@C\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@C#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@P\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@P#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@Q\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@Q#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@S\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@S#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@N\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@N#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\let\csname\exstring@#2@F\endcsname=
  \expandafter\noexpand\csname hl@F#1\endcsname}\next@
"2
 \edef\next@{\def\noexpand#2{%
"2
  \def\noexpand\hltype@{\noexpand#2}%
  \def\noexpand\hlname@{\noexpand#2}%
  \gdef\noexpand\hllevel@{#1}%
"2
  \noexpand\FNSS@\noexpand\hl@}}%
 \next@}
**


\section{\CS{Initialize}\label{EVERY}}Finally, we want to consider
*\Initialize*, which allows the user to prescribe additional
``initializations'' that are  done at a heading level.

We want  *\Initialize\HL*\<number\>
 and *\Initialize\hl*\<number\> to be allowed, and
also *\Initialize\chapter* if *\chapter* has  been created using 
*\NameHL*.
So
we will use one routine, *\InitH@*, if  *\Initialize* is followed by
a header level *\HL* or *\hl*, and another routine, *\InitS@*, if
it is followed by a single  name  like *\chapter*:
\C**
\def\Initialize{\futurelet\next\Init@}
"2
\def\Init@{\ifx\next\HL\let\next@=\InitH@
 \else\ifx\next\hl\let\next@=\InitH@
 \else\let\next@=\InitS@\fi\fi\next@}
**
The definition of *\InitH@* is quite straightforward.  For example,
**
\InitH@ \HL 1 {...}
**
is supposed to (globally) define `*\HL@J1*' to be `*...*'. But we
want to give an error message if the corresponding heading level hasn't been
defined: 
\C**
\def\InitH@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname\relax
"2
  \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand#1level #2 not defined 
   in this style}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{\expandafter
   \gdef\csname\exstring@#1@J#2\endcsname}%
 \fi
 \next@} 
**

Now we have to reduce *\InitS@* to *\InitH@*. 
Let's
suppose the argument of *\InitS@*
is *\chapter*, which has been
created by 
**
\NameHL1\chapter
**
 so that *\chapter@R* has the value
*{HL}{1}*.  
We introduce the combining construction
\C**
\def\InitC@#1#2{\edef\nextii@{\expandafter\noexpand
 \csname\csname#1\endcsname#2}}
**
(again compare pages~\ref{EXNE} and~ \ref{EXNE2}
for the *\expandafter\noexpand*),
so that
\setbox0\hbox{*\InitC@{HL}{1}*}
$$\box0 \tag"\style{\bf A}"$$
makes *\nextii@* mean *\HL1*; the  point of this is  that we can then use
**
\expandafter\InitH@\nextii@
**

Actually, things are not that direct. To get ({\bf A}) we need
**
\expandafter\InitC@\chapter@R
**
except that `*\chapter@R*' will actually have to be specified as
**
\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname
**
which  cannot be used directly in this *\expandafter*. As 
on page~\ref{LNIII}, we will actually use the combination
**
\def\next@{\let\next@=}    "8USELNIII"8
\expandafter\next@\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname
\expandafter\InitC@\next@
**
The  first two lines make the ``nameable'' control sequence *\next@* 
have the save value as *\chapter@R*, and then the third line
makes *\nextii@* mean *\HL1*.


Putting  this all together, our final definition is
\C**
\def\InitS@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname\relax
  \Err@{\noexpand#1not defined in this  style}%
  \let\next@=\relax
 \else
  \def\next@{\let\next@=}%
  \expandafter\next@\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname
  \expandafter\InitC@\next@
  \def\next@{\expandafter\InitH@\nextii@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**





\chapter Accessing and controlling counters, styles, etc.\label{acces}
\endchapter

We are finally ready to examine the various constructions that allow us to
access and manipulate the
 values that *\ref* and its relatives give us.


First we will consider the constructions that allow us to access the values:
 *\value*, *\Evaluate*,
*\pre*, *\post*, *\style*, *\numstyle*, and
*\fontstyle*. 

The definition of *\value* illustrates the basic strategy required:
\hskip-.77pt
*\value\tag* should make sense, and if we *\NameHL1\chapter*, then
*\value\chapter* should make sense;  on the other hand,
*\value\list* and *value\HL* should make sense
only when followed by an appropriate number.
These two different cases are easily distinguished, because 
*\tag@C* and *\chapter@C* are defined, but  *\list@C* and *\HL@C*
are not defined, while things like `*\list@C1*' and `*\HL@C1*'
 are defined.


The definition of *\value#1* first uses the test
**
\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname\relax
**
to see whether *#1* is a construction like *\tag*
 with a single counter.
If this *\ifx* test is false, so that the counter in question does exist,
 it simply prints
**
\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname
**


If the *\ifx* test gives a 
positive result, we want to use the test
**
\ifx\csname\exstring#@#1@C1\endcsname\relax
**
to see if *#1* is a construction like *\list* with several counters.
If this test also gives a positive result, we want to give an error message,
**
\noexpand\value can't be used with \string#1
**
(see section~ \Sref{SACN} for the use of *\noexpand*)
but if this second test is false, we want to call 
*\value@#1*, where *\value@#1#2* tests whether 
**
\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname
**
exists, giving an error message if it doesn't, and typesetting 
the value of this counter if it does:
\C**
\def\value#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\value can't be used with 
    \string#1}}%
  \else
   \def\next@{\value@#1}%
  \fi
 \else
  \def\next@{\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname\relax}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\value@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\value\string#1 can't be followed 
   by \string#2}}%
 \else
  \def\next@{\number\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname\relax}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**
{\bf NOTE: }%
In order for this to work properly, it is thus essential that any
construction having any `*\...@C*{\it\, n\/}'
 counter should always have at 
least 
the counter `*\...@C1*'.  In particular, *\HL1* 
should always
be defined if any *\HL* level  is defined, and similarly for *\hl*.


In the error message for *\value@*, we used *\string\value* 
since it will generally look better not to have a space after *\value*, and
*\string#1" * rather than *\noexpand#1*, since *#1* may not be (and usually
won't be) a control sequence.



\medskip
We introduce the counter *\Value*, which holds the value for *\Evaluate*,
\C**
\newcount\Value
**
but we won't bother printing the code for
*\Evaluate*, because it is strictly analogous,
 except that it globally sets the value of 
the counter *\Value*, instead of printing  a number.


The definition of *\pre#1* is quite similar,
 except that instead of typesetting
**
\number\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname
**
we  typeset 
**
{\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname}
**
(we enclose this material inside braces, in case a
font change instruction is involved).

 Only the first part of the definition
will be given:
\C**
\def\pre#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname\relax
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P1\endcsname\relax
"2
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\pre can't be used 
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\pre@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{{\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname}}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**
Notice that we now use *\foo@P* and `*\foo@P1*' rather than
*\foo@C* and `*\foo@C1*' to determine whether *\pre* can be used with
*\foo*. So it is possible for *\Reset\foo* to be allowed but not
*\pre\foo* and vice versa.  This generality will extend to all our
constructions, and will even be of some importance in Chapter~\ref{foot}.


The definition of *\post* is strictly analogous to that for *\pre*, but
with `*Q*' replacing `*P*' in the tests.


The definition of *\style*  is also  analogous, except that we don't
have the extra set of braces, i.e., we have the clause
**
\def\next@{\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname}
**
Nevertheless, this definition functions quite differently, because
 the *\next@* that we call will actually be a control sequence that will
process its argument (the following input).

And exactly the same  remarks hold for *\numstyle*.

\medskip
On the other hand, *\fontstyle* has to be handled differently, because we 
want something like
**
\fontstyle\claim{...}
**
to expand to
**
{\claim@F...}  "8FS"8
**
so *\fontstyle#1* must itself be a control sequence with an argument:
\C**
\def\fontstyle#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname\relax
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@F1\endcsname\relax
"2
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\fontstyle can't be used 
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
"2
   \def\next@{\fontstyle@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@##1{{\csname\exstring@#1@F\endcsname##1}}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\fontstyle@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@F#2\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\fontstyle\string#1 can't be 
   followed by \string#2}}%
 \else
  \def\next@##1{{\csname\exstring@#1@F#2\endcsname##1}}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**

\medbreak
Next we come to the constructions that allow us to manipulate the values,
namely *\Reset*, *\Offset*, and the *\new...* constructions.

*\Reset*  is similar to *\fontstyle*, in that *\Reset\tag*, for
example, must be a control sequence with an argument, namely the number
following *\Reset\tag*.

There is also
 one new wrinkle.
If we *\Reset\tag5*, for example, then we want to set the *\tag* counter,
*\tag@C*, to *4* (since the next use of *\tag* increases this counter
by~*1* before printing the *\tag*). But if we *\Reset\page5*, then we
simply want to set *\pageno=5*;
\footnote{Of course, *\Reset\page* should only be used at a reasonable
place, e.g., after a construction, like *\chapter*, that has started a new
page.} 
 this special case is handled by the boxed
code: 
\C**
\def\Reset#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\Reset can't be used
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\Reset@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
"2
  \def\next@##1{\count@=##1\relax
"2
   "9\ifx#1\page\else\advance\count@ by -1 \fi"9
"2
   \global\csname\exstring@#1@C\endcsname=\count@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\Reset@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\Reset\string#1 can't be
    followed by \string#2}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@##1{\count@=##1\relax\advance\count@ by -1
   \global\csname\exstring@#1@C#2\endcsname=\count@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**

We won't repeat the code for
*\Offset*, which is analogous to that for
*\Reset*, except that we don't need any special compensation for *\page*.
However, there is an important point to be made about both *\Reset* and
*\Offset*. Suppose that we have used
**
\NameHL1\chapter
**
(see Chapter~\ref{HLS}).
Then *\Reset\chapter* sets the value of the counter\linebreak
 *\chapter@C*, while
*\Reset\HL1* sets the value  of the counter `*\HL@C1*'. But when we 
look at the definition of
**
\NameHL1\chapter
** 
we see (page~\ref{NameHLcounter})\pagelabel{useNameHLcounter}
that it 
basically involves
\setbox0\hbox{`*\HL@C1*'}
**
\let\chapter@C="box0
**
and this means that *\chapter@C* and `*\HL@C1*' are simply two different
names for the {\it same counter\/} (e.g., *\count47*).  Consequently,
*\Reset\chapter* and *\Reset\HL1* have exactly the same significance, and
the same is true of *\Offset*.


\medskip
This fortunate circumstance will not extend to
*\newpre*, which introduces numerous new problems. 
First of all, *\newpre* is used in a construction like
\setbox0\hbox{\<new pre material\>}
**
\newpre\tag{"box0}
**
So *\newpre\tag* should essentially define *\next@* to be
**
\def\tag@P
**
and then call *\next@*, so that we will obtain
\setbox0\hbox{\<new pre material\>}
**
\def\tag@P{"box0}
**
allowing the *\def* to do the work of scanning the *{*\<new pre
material\>*}*. 


As a first attempt we might use 
**
\def\newpre#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\newpre can't be used
     with \string#1}}%
  \else
   \def\next@{\newpre@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{\expandafter
   \def\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**
However, there are two features that need to be added to this definition:
\list
\item As  mentioned on page~\ref{NEWPREDEF}, we really want an *\edef*
rather than a *\def*.
%\item And, as  mentioned on page~\ref{GLNEW}, we want the *\edef* to be
%global when *\globalnews@* is *T*.
\item If we have used *\NameHL1\chapter*, then,
unlike the situation with *\Offset* and *\Reset* discussed above,
 *\chapter@P* and `*\HL@P1*' are
two independent control sequences, and special efforts are required to 
insure that
*\newpre\chapter* and *\newpre\HL1* will each change {\it both\/}
*\chapter@P* and `*\HL@P1*'. 
\endlist


\medskip
For (1) it would appear that we simply have to replace
the 
**
\expandafter\def\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
**
with
**
\expandafter\edef\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
**
Unfortunately, things are not quite that simple, because, although
*\newpre* should involve an *\edef*, we still want this *\edef* to be
carried out while *\noexpands@* is in force! 

This would seem to require something like 
**
\begingroup\noexpands@
\expandafter\edef\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
**
But that means
\list\newnumstyle\list1\alph
\item
We need to supply an *\endgroup* after the *\edef* is completed.
\item
This *\edef* must therefore be an *\xdef* in order to survive the
grouping. 
\endlist

We can attack these two problems at once by saying
\Litbox0=**
\def\next@{%
 \def\nextii@{\endgroup
  \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
   =\Next@}
 \begingroup\noexpands@\afterassignment\nextii@
  \xdef\Next@}
\next@
**
$$\vcenter{\box0}\tag"({\bf A})"$$
Thus, *\next@*
\list\newnumstyle\list1\roman
\item first supplies *\begingroup\noexpands@*,
\item and then it *\xdef*'s 
*\Next@* to be the following text;
\item after that assignment is completed, it supplies an *\endgroup*, and
\item then it (locally) 
lets *\...@P* be this (globally defined) *\Next@*.
\endlist
We use *\Next* for this globally assigned scratch token (page~\ref{GNXT}).

For (2)
we  have to worry about the fact that a single control sequence to
which *\newpre* applies, like *\chapter*, might have an associated pair
*\HL1*
to which *\newpre* should apply, and conversely, a pair like *\HL1* might
have an associated control sequence *\chapter*.

In section~\Sref{RHL}, we already noted that if *\chapter* is created by
**
\NameHL1\chapter
**
then `*\HL@R1*' will be defined, with
*\chapter* as its value, and *\chapter@R* will be defined and
have as value the pair
*{HL}{1}*. 

On   page~\ref{LNIII} of that section,  one of the problems associated with
this *\...@R...* mechanism was handled with the code
**
\def\nextiv@{\let\nextiii@=}
\expandafter\nextiv@\csname HL@R1\endcsname
**
which makes  the ``nameable'' control sequence *\nextiii@* have the same
value as `*\HL@R1*'.
  
More generally, we will define
\C**
\def\getR@#1#2{\def\nextiv@{\let\nextiii@=}%
 \expandafter\nextiv@\csname\exstring@#1@R#2\endcsname}
**
which can be  used in two ways.
\smallskip

\noindent{\bf 1.\enspace}First of all
**
\getR@\chapter{}
**
will make *\nextiii@* be *\chapter@R*.
We will also define
\C**
\def\letR@#1#2#3{\expandafter
 \let\csname#1@#3#2\endcsname=\Next@}
**
Then the effect of
**
\getR@\chapter{}
\expandafter\letR@\nextiii@ P
**
\setbox1\hbox{\<expansion of *\chapter@R*\>}
\setbox0\hbox{\ \ \ \ \ i.e.,\ \ \ \ \ }
is
**
\letR@"box1P"box0 \letR@{HL}{1}P
**
hence
\setbox1\hbox{`*\HL@P1*'}
**
\let"box1=\Next@
**

\noindent{\bf 2.\enspace}On the other hand,
**
\getR@\HL1
**
will make *\nextiii@* be `*\HL@R1*'.
We will also define
\C**
\def\letR@@#1#2{\expandafter
 \let\csname\exstring@#1@#2\endcsname=\Next@}
**
Then the effect of
**
\getR@\HL1
\expandafter\letR@@\nextiii@ P
**
\setbox0\hbox{\ \ \ \ \ i.e.,\ \ \ \ \ }
\setbox1\hbox{\<expansion of `*\HL@R1*'\>}
is
**
\letR@@"box1P"box0\letR@@\chapter P
**
hence
\setbox0\hbox{[*\let* or *\global\let*]}
**
\let\chapter@P=\Next@
**

Putting this all together, we can define *\newpre* as follows:
\C**
\def\newpre#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname\relax
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\newpre can't be used 
     with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\newpre@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \endgroup
"2
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@P\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname\relax
    \else
    \getR@#1{}\expandafter\letR@\nextiii@ P\fi}%
   \begingroup\noexpands@\afterassignment\nextii@
    \xdef\Next@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\newpre@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@P#2\endcsname\relax
"2
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\newpre\string#1 can't be 
   followed by \string#2}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \endgroup
"2
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@P#2\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R#2\endcsname\relax
"2
    \else
"2
    \getR@#1{#2}\expandafter\letR@@\nextiii@ P\fi}%
"2
   \begingroup\noexpands@\afterassignment\nextii@
    \xdef\Next@}%
"2
 \fi
 \next@}
**


Of course, *\newpost* is strictly analogous, so we won't write out any of
the code.

The *\newstyle* command is used in
 slightly more complicated situations like
\setbox0\hbox{\<parameter text\>}\setbox1\hbox{\<replacement text\>}
**
\newstyle\tag"box0{"box1}
**
but this can be handled in much the same way as *\newpre*.
  For example, we want
*\newstyle\tag*
 to define *\next@*
to be 
**
\def\tag@S
**
and then call *\next@*, so that we will obtain
\setbox0\hbox{\<parameter text\>}\setbox1\hbox{\<replacement text\>}
**
\def\tag@S"box0{"box1}
**

In this case, we want a *\def*, rather than an *\edef*, and we don't need
to enter a group with *\noexpands@*. Aside from these differences, however,
we simply copy  the code for *\newpre*:
\C**
\def\newstyle#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname\relax
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@S1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\newstyle can't be used 
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\newstyle@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@S\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname\relax
    \else
     \getR@#1{}\expandafter\letR@\nextiii@ S\fi}%
   \afterassignment\nextii@\gdef\Next@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\newstyle@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@S#2\endcsname\relax
"2
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\newstyle\string#1 can't be 
   followed by \string#2}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@S#2\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R#2\endcsname\relax
"2
    \else
"2
    \getR@#1{#2}\expandafter\letR@@\nextiii@ S\fi}%
"2
   \afterassignment\nextii@\gdef\Next@}%
"2
 \fi
 \next@}
**

*\newnumstyle* will be handled a bit differently from *\newstyle*
because
*\newnumstyle* will usually be used with a single numbering style
control sequence, like
**
\newnumstyle\tag{\roman}
**
and 
 it is natural for the user
to think that *\roman* is simply the
second argument to *\newnumstyle*,
 and thus doesn't need the braces (I~
kept making this mistake all the time
in  version~*1* of \lamstex@, 
with disastrous consequences).
So we will  make *\next@* be
a control sequence with an argument---this
works whether or not the user has added the braces.  In this case, instead of
having *\def\next@* at the end of our definition of *\next@*, we 
have it at the beginning:
\C**
\def\newnumstyle#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname\relax
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@N1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\newnumstyle can't be used 
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\newnumstyle@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@##1{%
   \gdef\Next@{##1}%
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@N\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname\relax
    \else
    \getR@#1{}\expandafter\letR@\nextiii@ N\fi}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\newnumstyle@#1#2{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@N#2\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\newnumstyle\string#1 can't be 
   followed by \string#2}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@##1{%
   \gdef\Next@{##1}% 
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@N#2\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R#2\endcsname\relax
    \else
    \getR@#1{#2}\expandafter\letR@@\nextiii@ N\fi}%
  \fi
 \next@}
**

\medskip

*\newfontstyle* is exactly analogous to *\newnumstyle*, so we won't
bother repeating the code.

\medskip

The definition of *\word* is strictly analogous to that of
*\pre*, etc., with *W* substituted for~ *P* everywhere, and *word*
substituted for~ *pre* everywhere.


The definition of *\newword* follows that for *\newstyle*, where we want a
*\def*, rather than an *\edef*, and don't need to enter a group with
*\noexpands@*. 

\pagebreak

\C**
\def\newword#1{\expandafter
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@W\endcsname\relax
"2
  \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@W1\endcsname\relax
   \def\next@{\Err@{\noexpand\newword can't be used  
    with \string#1}}%
"2
  \else
   \def\next@{\newword@#1}%
  \fi
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@W\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R\endcsname\relax
    \else
     \getR@#1{}\expandafter\letR@\nextiii@ W\fi}%
   \afterassignment\nextii@\gdef\Next@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
"slip
\def\newword@#1#2{\expandafter
"2
 \ifx\csname\exstring@#1@W#2\endcsname\relax
  \def\next@{\Err@{\string\newword\noexpand#1can't 
    be followed by \string#2}}%
"2
 \else
  \def\next@{%
   \def\nextii@{%
    \expandafter\let\csname\exstring@#1@W#2\endcsname
     =\Next@
"2
    \expandafter\ifx\csname\exstring@#1@R#2\endcsname\relax
"displaybreak
    \else
     \getR@#1{#2}\expandafter\letR@@\nextiii@ W\fi
    }%
"2
   \afterassignment\nextii@\gdef\Next@}%
 \fi
 \next@}
**









\chapter Footnotes\label{foot}\endchapter


\section{Preliminaries\label{FNP}}In addition to *\footnote*, \lamstex\ has
*\footmark* and *\foottext*, for special situations like the one
indicated on page~52 of the \lamstex~Manual. 
Because of the  ways that these three control sequences interact
(page~\ref{INA}),
we will need a flag
\C**
\newif\iffn@
**
which will be set true at the beginning of  *\footnote* and then
false again at the end.

Next we declare certain
constructions associated with *\footmark*:
\C**
\newcount\footmark@C
\footmark@C=0
\def\footmark@S#1{$^{#1}$}
\let\footmark@N=\arabic
\def\footmark@F{\rm}
**
No definitions  were given for
`*\footmark@P*' and `*\footmark@Q*' because footnote markers
  almost never
have pre-  or  post- material in their numbers. Consequently,
*\pre\footmark*, *\newpre\footmark*, etc., will give error messages.   Of
 course, a style file could always change  this arrangement if it were
necessary. 

With this default definition of *\footmark@S*, the value of
*\footmark@F* is  actually quite irrelevant, but it might be significant
if *\newstyle\footmark* were used.


We  will also define
\C**
\def\foottext@S#1{$^{#1}$}
\def\foottext@F{\rm}
**
This will allow
*\newstyle\foottext* and  *\newfontstyle\foottext*
 to change   things about the numbers in the *\foottext*;
as mentioned on  page~54 of the \lamstex~Manual, it is possible  to have
a different style for printing the marks within the footnote marker and
within the footnote itself.  On the other hand, we  don't want to
have a separate
 counter `*\foottext@C*', since the numbers in the marker and in the
footnote certainly have to be the same.  (Since  *\foottext@N* is
undefined, we also can't have different numbering styles. If, for some
weird reason, a style wanted something like
a footnote mark of~3 referring to  a footnote beginning
 with~iii,  the necessary
 modifications should be pretty obvious.)


\section{\CS{vfootnote\@}\label{VF}}
In  *plain* tex@, the *\footnote* macro
is defined in terms of *\vfootnote*
(footnote in vertical mode), which does the main  work of producing
an *\insert*.  \lamstex\  uses *\vfootnote@* for this purpose,
to avoid any possible conflict (*\vfootnote@* will also work 
rather differently from *\vfootnote*).

In  \lamstex@,  
**
\vfootnote@#1{_",_",_}
**
will  be called when *#1* represents something like the footnote marker,
which has already been determined by other \lamstex\ constructions, while
`*_",_",_*' is the  text that we  want  to appear at the bottom of the page.


A straightforward definition of  *\vfootnote@*
 would be
**
\def\vfootnote@#1#2{\insert\footins
 {\floatingpenalty=20000
  \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty
  \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt
  \spaceskip=0pt \xspaceskip=0pt
  \rm \splittopskip=\ht\strutbox \splitmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
  \locallabel@\noindent@@{\footmark@F#1}
  \strut#2\strut}%
 }
**
(using *\noindent@@*, see Chapter~\ref{EVPAR}).

The *\locallabel@* defines *\thelabel@*, \dots, in terms of
*\Thelabel@*, \dots, which  have been set by the constructions that will
call *\vfootnote@* (either *\footnote*  or *\foottext*); this is
for the use of any *\label* in  *#2*.
 And *#1* will be  something like
*\foottext@S{\thelabel@@}*, 
which we set at the beginning of an unindented paragraph
(in the font *\footmark@F*, if that's relevant). Then  the rest of the
footnote is typeset in *\rm*. 


\small  The large value of *\floatingpenalty*,
 which is
 the penalty added to a page when  
there is a split *\insert* on it, discourages footnotes from breaking across
a page.
*\interlinepenalty* is the penalty for page breaks between two arbitrary
lines of a paragraph. It is normally *0*, but  is here temporarily set equal
 to
  *\interfootnotelinepenalty*, which
*plain* \tex\ gives the value~ *200*; so
if a footnote must split across a page, it will be more likely to split
between 
 paragraphs.
 Other styles might
set  other values for *\interfootnotelinepenalty*.


*\leftskip* and  *\rightskip* must be set to~ *0pt* within the
*\insert* in  case it occurs within text where other values are in force
(paragraphs indented on the left or  right), and similarly for
*\spaceskip* and *\xspaceskip* (paragraphs set *\raggedright*, for
example). 

\andsmall!
If a style had a construction that
did something else strange, like changing the value
of *\parfillskip*, then this would normally
also  have to be changed back  within
the *\vfootnote@*.

\andsmall
The *\strut#2\strut* adds a strut to the first and last line of the
footnote (compare the footnote on page~\ref{STRUTINSERT}).
*\strut* is defined by *plain* \tex\ 
in terms of *\strutbox*, which contains a vertical rule
of zero width and the desired height and depth of a *\strut*;
in the default style a *\strut* has 
 height ~*8.5pt* and depth~*3.5pt*.
 And
*\splittopskip* is made the height of  *\strutbox* so that the space
before the first line of 
 a split
footnote will be just the same as if there were a *\strut* on this line also;
similarly, the value of
*\splitmaxdepth* allows
footnotes to go below the bottom of the page only by the depth of
*\strutbox*. 
 Normally any point-size  command, like *\tenpoint*,
*\ninepoint*, etc., will redefine *\strutbox*; in  the 
paper and book styles, *\rm* is replaced by
*\eightpoint*, so that
 the *\strutbox* then  has  a smaller height appropriate for 8~point type;
the *\rm* in this definition has been placed before the assignments of
*\splittopskip* and *\splitmaxdepth*, to emphasize that in general, font size
commands must precede them.

Actually, *plain* \tex\ uses
**
\footstrut#2\strut
**
where *\footstrut* is defined as *\vbox to\splittopskip{}*, which thus
has height *\ht\strutbox*, but no depth.  This will
 be important for a two-line
footnote, whenever *\lineskiplimit* happens to have been chosen to
 be greater than~*0pt*: If a full *\strut*
appeared on both lines, so that the first line has depth~*3.5pt* while the
second line has height~*8.5pt*, then these two lines could not be placed
together with *0pt* glue between them because they would then be closer
together than *\lineskiplimit*;\pagelabel{LIMITPROB} consequently,
 additional *\lineskip* glue
would intrude.

\lamstex\ also replaces the second *\strut* by 
**
\lower\dp\strutbox\vbox to\dp\strutbox{}
**
which has the proper depth, but zero height.

(By the way,
Appendix E of {\it The \tex book}, page~416, illustrates a more complicated
arrangement; the *\strut* for the eight-point footnote has a height
of ~*7pt*, but a *\smallskip* ($={}$*\vskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt*)
precedes each footnote, so *\splittopskip* is set to the sum,
*10pt plus 1pt minus 1pt*.) 


\andsmall! Aside from being aesthetically unpleasing,
 struts don't actually give  the right results. For example,
*plain* \tex@, with *\baselineskip=12pt*, defines a *\strut* to have height
~*8.5pt* and depth~*3.5pt*.
If the last line of one footnote actually has depth ~*0pt*, while the
first line of the next footnote contains a tall symbol having
a height of *9pt*, there should still be
*12pt* between the baselines (assuming a reasonably small value
of *\lineskiplimit*).
  But the last line of the first footnote will be artificially
increased to ~*3.5pt* by the strut, 
so the
baselines will be separated by
a total of $\hbox{*3.5pt*}+\hbox{*9pt*}=\hbox{*12.5pt*}$. Of
course, when there are large symbols of this sort, the extra space probably
won't be considered too extravagant.

\andsmall!
A  more disquieting disadvantage of struts is the fact that
the proper definition of a *\strut* for any particular point size is
{\it font-dependent}.\pagelabel{FONTDEP}
 In the Computer Modern  fonts, the parentheses
are usually the tallest and deepest characters;
 in *cmr8*, for example,
 their height
is~ *6pt* and their depth is~*2pt*. Thus, for eight point type and
a *\baselineskip* of ~*9pt*,
 a *\strut*
of height~*7pt* and depth~*2pt*  is appropriate
(compare {\it The \tex book}, page~415).  For this manual, which uses
a *\baselineskip* of~*10pt* for the *\eightpoint* footnotes, I 
originally 
chose a *\strut* of height~*8pt* and depth~*2pt*. But this
 sometimes
gave strange inconsistent line spacing; it turns out
that some characters (not parentheses) were deeper than *2pt*, 
and the  dimensions had to be changed
to~ *7.5pt* and ~*2.5pt* to work with the Baskerville fonts used here.
\endsmall


Instead of using the straightforward definition,
we will follow *plain* \tex\ and
 use a more complicated construction, which
doesn't consider the group *{_",_",_}* as an  argument to
*\vfootnote@*, thus
 allowing category changes within `*_",_",_*'.
In *plain* \tex\ this 
 virtuoso performance  was provided so that
literal mode constructions could appear in footnotes.  In version~*1* of
\lamstex@, this was needed to allow invisible index entries within a
footnote, since such entries involved category changes. 
That's no longer necessary, but we might as well allow category changes
anyway, since *plain* \tex\ already supplies most of the necessary machinery,
and it is a nice feature to have.
\footnote{It sure  made this manual easier!} 

So  the actual definition is  more sophisticated, using the ``implicit''
left brace
*\bgroup*. 
Basically, we would like to 
**
\def\vfootnote@#1{\insert\footins
 \bgroup . . .
"2
 \noindent@@{\foottext@F#1}\footstrut
 \aftergroup\@foot
 \bgroup
 \let\next@=}
"slip
\def\@foot{\lower\dp\strutbox\vbox to\dp\strutbox{}\egroup}
**
Then when we have
**
\vfootnote@#1{_",_",_}
**
the *\let\next@=* is followed by *{*, so that we *\let\next@={*, thereby
{\it removing\/}
 the~ *{*.  Consequently, 
we now have
**
\insert\footins
 \bgroup . . .
 \noindent@@{\foottext@F#1}\footstrut \bgroup _",_",_}
**
with the *}*  matching  the  second *\bgroup*.
And after that *}*, \tex\ inserts the *\aftergroup* token,
*\@foot*, which gives  the *\strut*
and the *\egroup* that matches the  remaining first *\bgroup*. 

Notice that the `*{_",_",_}*' ends  up staying in a group---the 
*\bgroup_",_",_}*---which 
wouldn't happen if we had read in it as an argument.\pagelabel{BFN}
As we will see later (page~\ref{UBFN}),
this is {\it not\/} irrelevant: it introduces complications, which
are most easily dealt with if the *{\foottext@F#1}* is followed by
 an additional
control sequence, `*\modifyfootnote@*'
 which is initially
*\relax*:
\C**
\let\modifyfootnote@=\relax
**
and which the user can change with *\modifyfootnote*,
\C**
\def\modifyfootnote#1{\def\modifyfootnote@{#1}}
**

We've now essentially established the required definition, except that
 there's always the horrid possibility of a footnote only one token long,
which has been typed without braces, so we actually need a
*\futurelet\next* to  worry about this:
\C**
\def\vfootnote@#1{\insert\footins
 \bgroup
 \floatingpenalty=20000
 \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty
 \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt
 \spaceskip=0pt \xspaceskip=0pt
 \rm \splittopskip=\ht\strutbox \splitmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
 \locallabel@\noindent@@{\foottext@F#1}\modifyfootnote@
 \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}
**

Here *\fo@t*
 calls *\f@@t*
when a group follows, but *\f@t* otherwise:
\C**
\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next\expandafter\f@@t\else
 \expandafter\f@t\fi}
**
(this  is a slight redefinition from *plain*, 
using  the K-method).
Since *\f@t* is called when we have a single token following instead of
a group, we just insert that token, followed by *\@foot*, to be 
defined presently.
\C**
\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot}
**
*\f@@t* is also slightly changed from *plain* \tex@:
\C**
\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot
 \afterassignment\FNSSP@\let\next@=}
**
Here the *\afterassignment\FNSSP@* adds *\FNSSP@*
right after the
*{* that the *\let\next@=*  swallows, thereby discarding any space that
might come after the~ *{*, and also taking care of the possibility  that
an invisible construction follows the~ *{*.
\footnote{Since *\afterassignment* works on single  tokens, this is the
situation where we {\it  must\/} have a single control sequence that is
defined to mean *\FNSS@\pretendspace@*.}

Finally, *\@foot* will  be changed in two ways. First,
we change *\strut* to 
**
\lower\dp\strutbox\vbox to\dp\strutbox{}
**
and
we add an *\unskip* before this, in case a mistaken space appears
before the closing *}*. In addition, as we will see in sections
~\Sref{FT} and ~\Sref{FNS},
\setbox0\hbox{ and calls }%
\setbox1\hbox to\wd0{\hfil calls\hfil}%
\setbox2\hbox to\wd0{\hfil sets\hfil}%
**
\foottext "box1 \vfootnote@
**
while
**
\footnote "box2 \fn@true   
          "box0 \footmark \vfootnote@  "8INA"8
**
Note that although a *\footnote* is essentially like a *\footmark*,  
*\foottext* combination, nevertheless, *\foottext*  is never  called
indirectly, but is   used only when  it actually appears in the input file,
presumably matching a previous *\footmark* that appears directly in  the
input file.

Now
*\foottext*, which leaves *\iffn@* false, 
begins with *\prevanish@*, since  it is  supposed to
be  invisible.
Consequently, if *\iffn@* is false, we 
want 
 to end with a *\postvanish@*, but if *\iffn@* is true,
we  simply want to reset *\iffn@* false:
\C**
\def\@foot{\unskip
 \lower\dp\strutbox\vbox to\dp\strutbox{}\egroup
 \iffn@\expandafter\fn@false\else
  \expandafter\postvanish@\fi}
**

\small!  A style file might replace the *\rm* in the definition of
*\vfootnote@* by\linebreak
 *\eightpoint*, for example, so that footnotes would be set in 8~point type
with, say, *\baselineskip=10pt*.
 But a user who tries to change
things on the fly, 
**
\footnote{\baselineskip10pt . . . }
**
will be sorely disappointed!\pagelabel{UBFN} As noted on page~\ref{BFN},
this construction produces
**
\insert\footins\bgroup . . . "9{"9\baselineskip10pt . . ."9}"9\egroup
**
and *. . .* won't be typeset in paragraphs until the *\egroup*
is encountered, by which time
 the value of *\baselineskip* will have been restored to its old value!
(This same difficulty occurs in *plain* \tex)@.

On the other hand,
**
\modifyfootnote{\baselineskip10pt}
\footnote{...}
**
will have the desired effect, so a user can easily arrange for *\footnote*'s
to be treated specially within certain constructions.
\endsmall

\section{Fancy footnote numbering\label{FFN}}Footnotes differ from all other
automatically numbered \lamstex\ constructions because of the possibility of
``fancy footnote numbering'', whereby footnote numbers begin anew 
 on each page.  This section explains the basic strategy to be  used in that
case. 

We will introduce the flag
\C**
\newif\ifplainfn@
\plainfn@true
\def\fancyfootnotes{\plainfn@false}
**
whose default true value indicates that we are using ``plain'' rather than
``fancy'' footnote numbering.


When we are using fancy  footnote numbering,
*\footmark@C*
will continue to be incremented by~*1* at each footnote.  But we 
will have a separate counter
\C**
\newcount\fancyfootmarkcount@
\fancyfootmarkcount@=0
**
in which we store the latest fancy footnote number.
We also need a counter in which to  store the number of the most recent page
on which a footnote appeared:
\C**
\newcount\lastfnpage@
**
Initially this should not have the value of any page that has appeared.
So we will initialize it to *-10000*, presuming that no one will ever start
something  at  that page number:
\C**
\lastfnpage@=-10000
**

Remember (Chapter~\ref{BD})
that when *\fancyfootnotes* is in force, \lamstex\ will  write
lines of the form
\setbox0\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text1}$}
\setbox1\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text2}$}
\setbox2\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text3}$}
**
F"box0
F"box1
F"box2
 . . .
**
to the *.lax* file, 
where \<number\>$_{\text1}$ is the page  number on which the first  footnote occurs,
\<number\>$_{\text2}$ the number  on which the second footnote occurs, etc.
And the next time the file is \tex'ed, 
 *\document* will  use  these lines  to
define
 *\fnpages@* to be 
\setbox0\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text1}$}
\setbox1\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text2}$}
\setbox2\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text3}$}
**
\\"box0\\"box1\\"box2 ...
**



Now  suppose  that we have come to the {\it k}$^{\text{th}}$
 footnote. By  looking through
*\fnpages@*, we can determine the number {\it K\/} of the  page on
which it 
occurs (which might not be
the  same  as  the  current  value of *\pageno*). 
If {\it K\/} is greater than *\lastfnpage@*, the number of the page on
which the previous footnote occurs, then  the current footnote is 
the  first on the page.
In this case, we will set *\fancyfootmarkcount@* to~ *1*,
and use this value for the number  of  the current footnote.
Moreover,  we will also change *\lastfnpage@* to {\it  K}.
But  if {\it K\/} equals  *\lastfnpage@*, so that  the previous footnote
occurs on this  same  page, we  will just
increase *\fancyfootmarkcount@* by 1, and use that value
for the  number of the  current footnote (in this case, we don't have
to bother changing *\lastfnpage@*). 

If *\footmark@C* has the value {\it k}, 
the following code efficiently
sets  *\Next@*  to the corresponding page number {\it K},
 or to *-10000* if there are
fewer than {\it k\/} numbers on the list (we use *\Next@* because of
the global *\xdef* [see page~\ref{GNXT}]):
\setbox0\hbox{\it k}
\Litbox0=**
{\let\\=\or
 \xdef\Next@{\ifcase\number\footmark@C\fnpages@
  \else -10000 \fi}
}
**
$$\vcenter{\box0} \tag"\style{\bf A}"\pagelabel{kK}$$
Roughly speaking, the *\xdef* makes *\Next@* mean
\setbox0\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text1}$}
\setbox1\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text2}$}
\setbox2\hbox{\<number\>$_{\text3}$}
\setbox3\hbox{\it k}
**
\ifcase "box3\or"box0\or"box1\or"box2...\else -10000 \fi
**
which immediately picks out either \<number\>$_{\text{\it k}}$ or *-10000 *.
In reality, however, things are trickier, and this code works only by
a fluke: As \tex\ expands *\number\footmark@C*, it will have to
expand out *\fnpages@* (since this might stand for another digit of the
final number that it is looking for); consequently, all the *\\*'s in
*\fnpages@* will be revealed, so that \tex\ will know how many *\or*'s the
*\ifcase* actually has.  If we had been ``careful'' and used
**
\ifcase\number\footmark@C\relax\fnpages@\else -10000 \fi
**
then we would always get the case *-10000* (being sloppy pays off), so
a more intricate scheme would be needed.  This observation will also
be important
when we read in data from a *.dat* file for tables (Volume 2).



\section{\CS{footmark}}
In section~\Sref{FNP}, we introduced the flag  *\iffn@*, which is true
when we are processing a
*\footnote*. 

When *\footmark* is not called indirectly by
*\footnote*, but is called directly
(so that the flag *\iffn@* will be  false),
we will have to  store
\setbox1\hbox{V$_{\text{1}}$}
\setbox2\hbox{V$_{\text{2}}$}
\setbox3\hbox{V$_{\text{3}}$}
\setbox4\hbox{V$_{\text{4}}$}
**
{"box1}{"box2}{"box3}{"box4}
**
where V$_{\text{1}}$, \dots, V$_{\text{4}}$ have their  usual significance
(Chapter~\ref{LBL1} et seq.), because this  information will  have to be
used  by some   subsequent *\foottext* (a *\label* might appear
in the *\foottext* part, and  V$_{\text{2}}$ will be  the marker that
will appear at  the beginning of the *\foottext*).

This information will be stored in *\justfootmarklist@*,  initially
defined  to be empty,
\C**
\let\justfootmarklist@=\empty
**
In this case it will be more convenient for *\justfootmarklist@* to be a list
of the type introduced in {\it The \tex book}, page~378, so we will be 
 using *\rightappend@*
(c.f.~section~\Sref{LISTS}) to append to it.


The definition of *\footmark* begins with some of the same constructions
used by *\footnote* in *plain* to save the space factor (compare
page~\ref{=the}), and add the italic correction to the previous letter:
**
\let\@sf=\empty
 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
**
Notice that *\/* has already been redefined by \amstex\ to include an
*\unskip* before the italic correction; so a space before a *\footmark*
(and hence, eventually, before a *\footnote*) is ignored.

We are  going to be  using a modified compressed format,
**
\def\footmark{\let\@sf=\empty
 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
\def\next@{\ifx""\expandafter\nextii@\else
 \expandafter\footmark@\fi}
\def\nextii@""#1""{...}
\futurelet\next\next@}
**
where we will define *\footmark@* separately (instead of using
*\nextiii@*, which  we would temporarily  define within *\footmark*).
We use this procedure simply  because *\footmark@* will turn out to be
quite involved, and we don't want *\footmark* to have  to make such
a complicated definition for *\nextiii@* each time it is used.

The first attempt for defining *\nextii@* might be
**
\def\nextii@""#1""{%
 {\let\style=\footmark@S \let\numstyle=\footmark@N
"2
  \footmark@F#1
"2
  \noexpands@
"2
  \let\style=\foottext@S
  \Qlabel@{#1}
  }
"2
 \iffn@\else
"2  
  {\noexpands@\xdef\Next@{{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}
   {\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}}
"2
  \expandafter\rightappend@\Next@\to\justfootmarklist@
 \fi
 \@sf\relax}
**

Here we use *\Qlabel@*  to create *\Thelabel@*, \dots,
*\Thelabel@@@@*.   If our *\footmark* came from a *\footnote*, which
calls the pair *\footmark*, *\vfootnote@* (see page~\ref{INA})
then any *\label*'s within the *\footnote* will actually end
in  the *\vfootnote@* part  of the  construction, and
 these values will then be used by the *\vfootnote@*.
However,  before  using  *\Qlabel@*, we
first change   the meaning of
 *\style* from *\footmark@S* to *\foottext@S*, 
so that *\Ref* within  a  *\footnote{...}* will refer  to the  style of
the numbering that is used within the note  itself, rather   than to the
style used for the footmark.



If our *\footmark* was used directly, so  that the flag
*\iffn@* is  false, then
the *\iffn@\else...\fi* clause  stores the appropriate information.
In this case, it is essential  that *\Thelabel@@*  use the value  
of *\foottext@S*  rather than *\footmark@S*, since *\Thelabel@@* is
what  we  will print   at the beginning  of the corresponding *\foottext*.

And then, finally, we restore the space factor with 
**
\@sf\relax
**
The *\relax* is necessary, because *\@sf* expands out to
\setbox0\hbox{\<number\>}
**
\spacefactor="box0
**
and a digit could follow.

Unfortunately, there is problem here, of a type already addressed by \amstex\
for the *amsppt.sty* file: If *\footmark* is invoked within
*\text* (as in the example on
page~52 of the \lamstex~Manual), we don't want  to add things
to *\justfootmarklist@* 4~times, even  though *\text* sets things 4~times.
So \amstex\
has a flag *\iffirstchoice@*, which is usually true, but which is set to
false within the second, third, and  fourth choices of the  *\mathchoice*
involved in the definition of *\text*.  We will therefore use
**
\def\nextii@""#1""{%
 \iffirstchoice@
"2
  {\let\style=\footmark@S \let\numstyle=\footmark@N
  \footmark@F#1
"2
  \noexpands@
  \let\style=\foottext@S
  \Qlabel@{#1}
  }
"2
  \iffn@\else
   {\noexpands@
"2
   \xdef\Next@{{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}
    {\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}}
   }
"2
   \expandafter\rightappend@\Next@\to\justfootmarklist@
  \fi
 \fi
 \@sf\relax}
**

The definition of *\footmark@*, the routine
when  *\footmark* is not followed 
by a quoted number *""...""*, 
will be quite a bit more complicated.

First, we want to  advance  *\footmark@C* by ~*1*, 
**
\global\advance\footmark@C by 1
**

Next we want to  define *\adjustedfootmark@*, which will simply be 
the value of *\footmark@C* for non-fancy footnotes, but which will
be  the properly
adjusted value when *\fancyfootnotes*  is in force. For the latter case, we
 use the strategy explained in section~\Sref{FFN}. Note that if
the test ({\bf A}) on page~\ref{kK} makes *\Next@*  have the value
*-10000*, then we presumably have
  some new footnotes, not recorded on the last run;
in this case we just use *\footmark@C* for
determining the value of *\adjustedfootmark@* (another run will be
necessary to get everything right): 
**
\ifplainfn@
 \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\footmark@C}
"2
\else 
 {\let\\=\or
  \xdef\Next@{\ifcase\number\footmark@C\fnpages@\else-10000 \fi}}
"2
 \ifnum\Next@=-10000 
  \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\footmark@C}
"2
 \else
  \ifnum\Next@=\lastfnpage@
   \global\advance\fancyfootmarkcount@ by 1
  \else
   \global\fancyfootmarkcount@=1
   \global\lastfnpage@=\Next@
  \fi
  \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\fancyfootmarkcount@}
 \fi
\fi
**

Then we define *\Thelabel@*, \dots, *\Thelabel@@@@*, in case it will be
needed by a succeeding *\vfootnote@*. Since there is no pre- or post-
material, *\Thelabel@@@@* will just be the same as *\Thelabel@*:
**
{\noexpands@
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\adjustedfootmark@}
 \xdefThelabel@\footmark@N
 \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\Thelabel@}
 \xdefThelabel@@\foottext@S
 }
**
Notice that in  the last  step we used *\foottext@S* instead of
*\footmark@S*, for  the same reasons as with the definition of *\nextii@*.

As before, we then add information to *\justfootmarklist@* unless\linebreak
*\iffn@* is  true:
**
\iffn@\else
 {\noexpands@
"2
  \xdef\Next@{{{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}
   {\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}}
"2
  \expandafter\rightappend@\Next@\to\justfootmarklist@
\fi
**
Finally, if we have fancy footnote numbering, we want to write
an  appropriate  line
\setbox0\hbox{\<current page  number\>}
**
F"box0
**
to the  *.lax* file.
To do this we will  use
**
\ifplainfn@\else
 \edef\next@{\write\laxwrite@{F\noexpand\the\pageno}}
 \next@
\fi
**
In this *\edef*, the  *\laxwrite@* is not expanded  because it was
created with *\newwrite* and  thus  with *\chardef*  (compare
page~\ref{CHARDEFNE}), and
*plain* \tex's *\pageno* is also not expanded, since it was created with
a *\countdef* (compare page~\ref{CDNE}). Consequently, the  *\edef* makes
 *\next@* mean
**
\write\laxwrite@{F\the\pageno}
**
When this (delayed) write is executed, it will consequently print the
proper page number.

And, finally, *\footmark@* will end  with *\@sf\relax*,  just  like
*\nextii@*.  

But again, we have to perform most of this definition only when\linebreak
*\iffirstchoice@* is true, since we don't want to increase the counter
4~times, etc.

Thus, the whole definition of *\footmark* reads:
\C**
\def\footmark{\let\@sf=\empty
 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
"2
 \def\next@{\ifx""\next\expandafter\nextii@\else
  \expandafter\footmark@\fi}
"2
 \def\nextii@""##1""{%
  \iffirstchoice
   {\let\style=\footmark@S \let\numstyle=\footmark@N
   \footmark@F##1%
"2
   \noexpands@
   \let\style=\foottext@S
   \Qlabel@{##1}%
   }%
"2
   \iffn@\else
    {\noexpands@
    \xdef\Next@{{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}%
     {\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}}%
    }% 
    \expandafter\rightappend@\Next@\to\justfootmarklist@
   \fi
  \fi
  \@sf\relax}%
 \futurelet\next\next@}
"slip
\def\footmark@{%
 \iffirstchoice@
  \global\advance\footmark@C by 1
"2
  \ifplainfn@
   \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\footmark@C}%
"2
  \else
   {\let\\=\or
    \xdef\Next@{\ifcase\number\footmark@C\fnpages@
    \else-10000 \fi}}%
"2
   \ifnum\Next@=-10000
    \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\footmark@C}%
"2
   \else
    \ifnum\Next@=\lastfnpage@
     \global\advance\fancyfootmarkcount by 1
"2
    \else
     \global\fancyfootmarkcount@=1
     \global\lastfnpage@=\Next@
    \fi
"2
    \xdef\adjustedfootmark@{\number\fancyfootmarkcount@}%
   \fi
  \fi
"2
  {\noexpands@
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@{\adjustedfootmark@}%
  \xdefThelabel@\footmark@N
"2
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@@{\Thelabel@}%
  \xdefThelabel@@\foottext@S
  }%
"2
  \iffn@\else
   {\noexpands@\xdef\Next@{{\Thelabel@}{\Thelabel@@}%
    {\Thelabel@@@}{\Thelabel@@@@}}}%
"2
   \expandafter\rightappend@\Next@\to\justfootmarklist@
  \fi
"2
  \ifplainfn@
  \else
   \edef\next@{\write\laxwrite@{F\noexpand\the\pageno}}\next@
  \fi
 \fi 
"2
 \footmark@S{\footmark@N{\adjustedfootmark@}}%
 \@sf\relax}
**

\section{\CS{foottext}\label{FT}} The *\foottext* construction has to get its
information from *\justfootmarklist@*, since (compare page~\ref{INA})
*\footext*'s should only occur after sufficiently many *\footmark*'s have
been used. If *\justfootmarklist@* is
\setbox0\hbox{\<stuff\>$_{\text1}$}
\setbox1\hbox{\<stuff\>$_{\text2}$}
**
\\{"copy0}\\{"copy1}\\...
**
and we define
**
"hskip-40pt\def\next@\\#1#2\next@{\def\next@{#1}\gdef\justfootmarklist@{#2}}
**
then 
**
\expandafter\next@\justfootmarklist@\next@
**
defines *\next@* to be \box0, while *\justfootmarklist@* is redefined as
*\\{"copy1}...*\,.

The definition of *\foottext* will begin with *\prevanish@*. Then we will
first test whether *\justfootmarklist@* is empty, and if so, we will issue an
error message
**
There is no \footmark for this \foottext.
**
Assuming this hasn't happened, we will use the process just described to make
*\next@* be the first thing on *\justfootmarklist@*, and to redefine
*\justfootmarklist@* to be the remainder.

And then we will use
**
\expandafter\foottext@\next@
**
so that *\foottext@* can use the four values of *\next@*:
\C**
\def\foottext{\prevanish@
 \ifx\justfootmarklist@\empty
  \Err@{There is no \noexpand\footmark for this 
   \string\foottext}\fi
 \def\next@\\##1##2\next@{\def\next@{##1}%
  \gdef\justfootmarklist@{##2}}%
 \expandafter\next@\justfootmarklist@\next@
 \expandafter\foottext@\next@}
**
Once again, for the *\noexpand* in the error message, see section
~\Sref{SACN}.

*\foottext@* simply uses the next four values for defining *\Thelabel@*,
\dots, *\Thelabel@@@@*, and then calls *\vfootnote@* with the value of
*\thelabel@@* (the *\locallabel@* part of *\vfootnote@* sets this to the
current value of\linebreak
*\Thelabel@@*, namely the second value of *\next@*):
\C**
\def\foottext@#1#2#3#4{{\noexpands@
  \xdef\Thelabel@{#1}\xdef\Thelabel@@{#2}%
  \xdef\Thelabel@@@{#3}\xdef\Thelabel@@@@{#4}}%
  \vfootnote@{\thelabel@@}}
**

The *\vfootnote@* will put in a *\postvanish@* at the end, to match the
*\prevanish@* at the beginning, since *\iffn@* will not be true when
*\foottext* is processed.  The only thing left to do now, is to
\C**
\rightadd@\foottext\to\vanishlist@
**

\section{\CS{footnote}\label{FNS}}Finally,
 the definition of *\footnote* holds no
special surprises. It is practically the same as the combination *\footmark*,
*\foottext*, except that we use *\vfootnote@* explicitly instead of
*\foottext*, so that the flag *\iffn@*, which we now set to be true, will
function properly:
\C**
\def\footnote{\fn@true
 \let\@sf=\empty
 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
 \def\next@{\ifx""\next\expandafter\nextii@
  \else\expandafter\nextiii@\fi}%
 \def\nextii@""##1""{\footmark""##1""%
  \vfootnote@{\let\style=\foottext@S
   \let\numstyle=\footmark@N##1}}%
 \def\nextiii@{\footmark
  \vfootnote@{\foottext@S{\footmark@N{\adjustedfootmark@}}}}%
 \futurelet\next\next@}
**